The present state of the United Provinces of the Low-Countries as to the government, laws, forces, riches, manners, customes, revenue, and territory of the Dutch in three books / collected by W.A., Fellow of the Royal Society.

THE PRESENT STATE OF THE United Provinces OF THE LOW-COUNTRIES; AS TO THE Government, Laws, Forces, Riches, Manners, Customes, Revenue, and Territory, OF THE DUTCH.

IN THREE BOOKS: Collected by W. A. Fellow of the Royall Society.

LONDON, Printed for John Starkey, at the Mitre, betwixt the Middle Temple-Gate, and Temple-Bar, in Fleet-Street, 1669.

THE PREFACE.

THe Netherland-Provinces have rendred themselves so conspicuous and considerable amongst the other States of Europe, that the sole mentioning of them might suffice to awaken the attention, and invite the regards of all persons, whose more elevated Genius leads them to the contemplation of the rise, growth, and grandeur of States and Empires; which affording the greatest instances of humane wisdome and industry, as well as they are the most remarkable Theatres of divine providence, are certainly the most adaequate objects for rational and considering men: For which reason possibly few Books less needed a Preface, than that which is now in the Readers hands; and The present State and Government of the Netherlands in the Title-page, may seem to carry invitation enough with it to render all other superfluous. Scarce any Subject occurres more frequent in the discourses of ingenious men, than that of the marvellous progress of this little State, which in the space of about one hundred years, (for 'tis no more since their first attempts to shake off the Spanish yoke) hath grown to a height, not only infinitely transcendnig all the ancient Republicks of Greece, but not much inferior in some respects even to the greatest Monarchies of these latter Ages. Nor is the wonder inconsiderably augmented, in that the lesser Moiety hath farre exceeded even the Whole it self, and seven Provinces are become greater than seventeen; with a manifest verification of that Aenigmatical Aphorisme, Dimidium plus Toto. To which it may likewise be added, that for above sixty years of that abovemention'd hundred, they were continually engag'd in a Warre against the greatest King of this Western World, besides what contests they have since had with other Neighbours: and nevertheless, that difficult exercise of their nonage not only promoted their growth, by necessarily exciting the industry natural to that Nation, but likewise contributed to rènder the Constitution of the State it self more robust and athletick.

'Tis the Portraiture of this flourishing Commonwealth which is here presented to the Ingenious, drawn by the elegant Pen of a Virtuoso of the Royall Society; who the more to gratifie the Reader, and compleat his Work, hath collected out of severall Authors a summary Account of the Lives of the Earls of Holland, down to the alteration of Government, which commenc'd about the year 1567. which Lives compose the first Book, order of time requiring the same to be prefix'd before the Description of the Confederate Commonwealth, or Government of the States Generall; whereunto is particularly annex'd that of the States of Holland and Zeeland, as examples of the rest. The third and last Book exhibits the extent and nature of the Soyl of Holland, the Manners, Customes, and Trade of the Inhabitants, together with particular Descriptions of all the considerable Cities and Towns of that Province, and an Appendage of divers Treaties of Alliance made between this and other neighbouring States. Besides all which the Reader will finde variety of Politick Reflexions and Discourses interspers'd throughout the whole Work, which concurre to the accomplishment of the same, in reference to the two principall ends of Books, Instruction and Divertisement.

THE FIRST BOOK, Containing the HISTORY OF THE EARLS OF HOLLAND.

CHAP. I.

What pass'd before the Earles of Holland.

THere is all the probability in the world that this fair Province of Holland has not alwayes been as rich and as populous as we now see it; but quite contrary, it was a kind of a Desert once, and full of great Forrests. The first People that inhabited it were a Colony of Germans, which came out of their Countrey some time before the Birth of our Saviour, and it is from thence that it has the name of Batavia, if we believe the Roman History, and particularly Tacitus, lib. de moribus Germanorum.

There is no doubt but the Batavi are the chief in strength and valour among the Germans, and that this Nation which was formerly called Cattes, and which upon a sedition at home invaded these Islands which the Rhene makes, and are now become Subjects of the Roman Empire, are the noblest portion of the German State, since History makes so much mention of them, and that it appears so in their humours, customes, and manners, of which the chiefest are these following. 1. That they pay no tributes. 2. That they are free from all contribution towards the War. 3. That they are alwayes reserv'd for the War. 4. That they have the most honourable rank in the Army, as being esteem'd the best Souldiers, and the best skill'd in lancing their Javelots. 'Tis by their help, sayes Tacitus, that the Romans have extended their Empire beyond the Rhene.

The Romans in truth did think themselves happy to have them for friends and companions; not that I deny but that they were in some way conquered by the same Romans, whom they assisted much in their Wars against the Brittains, or English; witness the Brittain Castle built by the same Romans; for as Tacitus sayes, it was only by the force of the Batavi and the Tongri that the Romans did overcome the Brittains: besides the Emperours were so convinced of their fidelity, that they us'd them as guards to their persons; but because the Romans did begin to oppress them, they revolted from them, as it is reported by Tacitus in the fourth Book of his History, in these words:

The Batavi having been us'd in the Wars of Germany, did furnish the Empire with arms and men; their principall leaders were Julius Paulus and Claudius Civilis of the Royall Bloud; Paulus being accus'd of rebellion was kill'd, and Claudius put in prison, but set at liberty by Galb 〈…〉 Civiiis, being a man of parts, took notice of the disorder the Empire was in, and observing the natural aversion the Bataves had for the Romans, because that in raising of Souldiers among them, they aim'd more to satisfie their avarice and foul luxury, than to supply the legions; he fomented under hand at first their discontent, then appearing openly, exhorted them to recover their liberty, and cast off the yoke of slavery. We are not, said he, treated like companions, but like slaves; remember the glory of your Ancestors, and look upon the disorders of the Empire, and the Gaules your neighbours, who will joyn with you in the design of recovering your liberty. Thus it appears by this Writer that the Batavi were to have been the Romans companions, and that it was for the breach and non-performance of that promise that they revolted, and maintain'd a bloody War, in which were perform'd many noble actions.

The end of this War was a peace, in which the Batavi were ca • l'd the brothers and friends of the Romans, the title of companions seeming not kind enough, since the Countrey was overrun by the Danes and Normans, who were long masters of it, but in the time of Pepin King of France they recover'd their liberties.

CHAP. II.

Therry of Aquitain, the First Earl.

THe most receiv'd opinion of the learned Antiquaries is, That Thyerry, or Childeric, Duke of Aquitain, was made Earl of Holland by Charles the ball'd, Emperour and King of France. He took possession of it in the year 863, and tam'd the fury of the Frizelanders; his Subjects growing weary of the long peace which he did politickly keep with all his neighbours, conspir'd against him, and drive him out of Holland; but, by the assistance of the Emperour's Forces, he subdued them, and punished the authors of the rebellion. His Wife was Jane, daughter to King Pepin of Italy. Having reigned forty years in Holland, he dyed peaceably, leaving his State to his Son.

Thyerry, the Second.

Succeeding his Father, married Hulgard, Daughter to Lewis King of France. He overcame the Frizelanders in two pitch'd Battels, and re-built the Monastery of Egmont which they had burn'd. He died after he had governed eighty eight years, and lyes buried at Egmont.

Arnulph, or Arnout, the Third.

This Earl maintain'd a long War against the Frizelanders, in which he was at last kil • 'd, and buried at Egmont, having reign'd five years.

Thyerry, the Fourth.

Thyerry the third was preferr'd to the dignity of Earl of Holland before his elder Brother, and married the Daughter of the Emperour Otho. In his time there appeared a Comet, which seem'd to prognostick the War that happen'd with the Bishop of Utrect; after the loss of much Nob • lity, the said Bishop was taken and kept prisoner for a long time, because he did obstinately refuse all conditions of peace. This Duke to revenge his Fathers death, over-ran and ruin'd most of East-Frizeland, and at last gave it to Florent his younger Son. After this he undertook a pilgrimage to Jerusalem, and died coming back.

Thyerry, the Fifth.

Thyerry the fourth of this name, and Earl of Holland, being gone to Leege to a publick Turnament, and having in it kill'd the Bishop of Cullen, in revenge thereof was pursued to Dort, and there kill'd.

Florent, the Sixth.

Florent the first of this name succeeded in his Brothers place, who died without issue; he forsook Frizeland to come and govern Holland; he had W • r with the Archbishop of Cullen, the Bishop of Leege, and the Earl of Louvain, whom he defeated luckily by a stratagem invented by an old man, who advis'd him to cause deep Ditches to be made upon his enemies way, and to cover them over with straw and hay; this design succeeded, and his enemies falling in great numbers, he charg'd them so smartly and at such an advantage, that he obtain'd a great victory: the Archbishop nevertheless having rallied his scattered Army, came again into Holland, and was again defeated. A little after the Earl Florent was treacherously kill'd.

Gertrude of Saxony, the Seventh.

This Princess took the reins of the Government in hand after the death of her Husband, and during the minority of her Son. She was married a second time to Robert of Frizeland, and died, having govern'd in great tranquillity. She left divers Children by both her Husbands.

Robert of Frizeland, the Eighth.

This Prince is reckoned amongst the Earls of Holland, though he were but Guardian to the young Thyerry; he acquitted himself with much integrity and honour of this his employment, but he was driven out of his State by Godfrey of Lorrain, who by the strength and assistance of the Bishop of Utrect, possest himself of his Countrey.

Godfrey, the Ninth.

Godfrey being in possession of Holland, built the Town of Delft, subdued the Frizelanders, and after a happy Reign was at last treacherously murdered.

Thyerry, the Tenth.

This Prince, the true and lawfull Heir, having at last recover'd his own, made it his business to clear his Countrey of the Bishop of Utrect's Forces; which he did by making peace with him; after which he set upon the Frizelanders, and having pass'd his Army over the Ice, he encountred theirs, and kill'd four thousand upon the place: nevertheless they rallied, and coming up with new Forces, challenged the Earl and his Army; which he bore so impatiently, that immediately charging them with all fury, he routed them, and in pursuit of his victory spar'd neither man, woman, nor childe. This bloody execution made them promise obedience. After which the Earl died in 1091. having reigned fifteen years: his W • fe was of the House of Saxony.

Florent the Fat, the Eleventh.

This Flo • ent govern'd Holland for thirty one years, being a very tall corpulent man, his inclination was peace, and was very charitable. He left four Children by his Wife Petronella of Saxony, Sister to the Emperour Lotaire. He died in the flower of his age, and left the administration to his Wife, during the minority of his Children. All his Subjects had a great respect and veneration for his piety.

Thyerry, the Twelfth.

Thyerry the sixth of that name was married to Sophia, Daughter to Otho Count Palatine, by whom he had four Sons and three Daughters. He chastized the Friz • landers, but they rallying again fell stoutly upon North-Holland, and burnt the Town of Alcmaer, being in a way to make their anger still more sensible to his State, if he had not resolutely opposed them. A little after hearing that his Brother-in-law was taken prisoner by them, and that his Forces were also defeated by the Bishop of Utrect, he immediately led his Army, and sate down before the Town with so much resolution, that he had undoubtedly taken it, had not the Bishop for a last shift put on his Pontificall habit, and come out with the rest of his Clergy to excommunicate the Count. Thyerry then fell upon his knees, and to avoid the excommunication, asked pardon and raised his siege. He was at l • st kill'd by the Frizelanders, having reign'd forty five years.

Florent, the Thirteenth.

Florent took place after Thyerry, and married with great transport of joy the Daughter of the King of Scotland, which Wibold Abbot of Egmond had brought to one of the Sea-Towns. He had by her four Sons and four Daughters. He chastized the Frizelanders, who had once again burnt Alcmaer, and died gloriously at Antioch, after he had seen the Sarrasins defeated and driven out of the holy Land.

Thierry, the Fourteenth.

Thierry succeeded, and had by his Wife Alide of Cleves two Daughters, whereof one was married to Henry of Gueldre, and the other to the Earl of Loen. He made War in Brabant, and took Boisteduc; but was at last taken prisoner by the Duke of Lorrain.

Ada, the Fifteenth.

Ada Countess of Holland, and Daughter to Thierry, did not govern long; for being married to the Earl of Loen, whom most of the neighbouring Princes did envy, there were many seditions fomented in her State, which at last broke out with great effusion of blood.

William the Sixteenth.

William the first of the name succeeded his Brother Thierry, and his Neece Ada. He had War with the Bishop of Utrect, and on both sides the Countrey was much ruin'd; but by agreement at last he was to pay to the Bishop a thousand Talents. Upon the news of the death of his Uncle the King of Scotland, he immediately rigg'd out a great Fleet, to put himself in possession of that Kingdome; which he thought was his right, and in pursuance of his design landed in Scotland, and took divers Towns; but hearing the Earl of Loen his Nephew was come into Holland with an Army, he forsook the uncertain for the certain. He had two Wives, Alide of Gueldres, (by whom he had three Sons and two Daughters;) and Mary, Daughter to the Duke of Lancaster, who had no Children. He died in the year 1223. having reign'd nineteen years.

Florent, the Seventeenth.

Florent the fourth Son to William, was married to Matthild, Daughter of the Duke of Brabant; who had two Sons, William and Florent, and two Daughters, Alide Coun • ess of Hainaut, and Matthild Countess of Heneberg, that had at one birth as many Children as there are days in the year. This Prince was extream valiant, which was the cause of his death; for the Countess of Clermont having heard much of his valour, was so desirous to see him, that she entreated her Husband to publish a solemn Turnament; Florent fail'd not to be there, and by his noble carriage so charm'd the Countess; that she could not hold praising of him before her Husband; who thereupon conceiv'd so much jealousie, that he caused him to be barbarously murder'd in the flower of his age. His Body was transported into Holland, and buried at Rinsburg.

William, the Eighteenth.

William the second, being yet under age, succeeded to his Father, under the Guardianship of his Uncle the Bishop; his Wife was Elizabeth of Brunswick, by whom he had Florent. This Prince was of a very warlike temper, and by reason of his valour was chosen King of the Romans, at the age of twenty years. He first held a Court at the Hague, to hear the complaints of the Hollanders and Zelanders; in the protection of whom, he sent his Brother with an Army against the Flemmings, who were entred the Island of Walkeren in Zeland. There was so stout a • encounter between the two Armies, that the ground for a great space was all covered with the blood of the Flemmings. The King upon the news • astened into Zeland, and sav'd the lives of the rest of the Flemmings, but sent them away stark naked. After this he went into Germany, where he was receiv'd with great honour and joy; coming back, he overcame the Frizelanders in one Battell, and a little before the second he was kill'd, having govern'd twenty one years. It was he that founded the Colledge of the Heemrades, where a Diikgrave presides.

Florent, the Nineteenth.

This Prince was two years under the Guardianship of his Uncle and his Aunt, Alide Countess of Haina • t. To make up the difference between the Hollanders and Flemmings, he married Beat • ix of Flanders, by whom he had five Sons and three Daughters, the youngest of which, Margaret, was Queen of England. To revenge his Fathers death he fell upon the Frizelanders, whom he worsted, and recover'd the dead Body of his Father, which he caused to be buried with royall obsequies. In his old age he corrupted the Wife of one Gerard de Velsen, a Gentleman of his Court, whom he had much lov •• ; and it was rather to affront him, than out of a desire to satisfie his lusts; but Gerard and Herman de Vourd, his Fatherin-law, resolv'd to be reveng'd, and by conspiracy seized the Earls person, and carried him to the Castle of Mude; where, hearing of the Preparations made in Holland against them, they made the Earl get on Horseback, thinking to convey him into England; but being too hotly pursued, Gerard gave him twenty two wounds with his Sword, and left him dead in a Ditch. This murder remain'd not unrevenged; for some Authors write that Gerard being taken, was put into a Hogshead full of sharp nails, and so rolled up and down the Streets at Leyden till he died.

John, the Twentieth.

John the first of that name, being in England at the time of his Fathers death, there was some trouble in Holland, which was soon appeased by his presence. He married Elizabeth, Daughter to Edward King of England, by whom he had no Children. In his time there was a Giant in Holland, nam'd Nicolas, to whom other men compared were but Dwarfs; his Shooe was so wide that four men together could set all their feet in it. The said Earl John died at Harlem, having reigned three years, and made room for the House of Hainaut.

CHAP. III.

The House of Hainaut.

John of Hainaut, the Twenty first.

JOhn the second of this name, Son to Alide Countess of Hainaut, Sister to King William, succeeded his Cousingerman in 1299. and took in marriage Philippine, Daughter to the Duke of Luxemburg, by whom he had three Sons and four Daughters. He was five years Earl of Holland, and did defend with much vigour his Brother, who was Bishop of Utrect, against those who endeavoured to deprive him of his Bishoprick. It is said, that in those dayes there was seen in the Air an arm'd Knight, who with a loud voice animated the people to War, and that the Sea also was seen full of Ships, which vanished before the eyes of them that curiosity had brought upon the shore. These apparitions were taken as prognosticks of the War, that a little after happened between the Hollanders and Flemmings in Zeland; in which the Flemmings were defeated by the valour of William, Son to the Earl John; but he outliv'd his victory a very small time, and lies buried at Valenciennes.

William, sirnamed the Good, the Twenty second.

William the third, by reason of his good nature and vertuous disposition, was call'd the Good. He had divers Children by his Wife Jane of Valois, viz. William, Lewis, John, Margaret Dutchess of Bavaria and Empress, Jane Countess of Juliers, Philippine Queen of England, and Elizabeth. In his time Holland was much aff •• cted with plague and famine. In the year 1328. Philip King of France gave a great overthrow to the Flemmings, being assisted by the Forces of this Earl. He reign'd thirty three years.

William, the Twenty third.

This young Prince led an Army into Spain, to assist that King against the Infidels, and got much honour in that War. Being come back into Holland, he besieged Utrect, and being ready to take and sack the Town, he was prevail'd upon by the Gentry to give the Citizens their lives, upon condition that five hundred of the best qualified should come bare-foot and bare-head, and fall down upon their knees before him, and crave his pardon for their faults. After this he went against the Frizelanders, where fighting too boldly, he was kill'd near Staveron. He left no Children by his Wife Jane of Brabant.

Margaret August, Countess, the Twenty fourth.

This Princess was Daughter of William the Good, and Wife to Lewis of Bavaria, Emperour. She came with a great retinue into Holland, and having took possession gave the Government to her Son William, reserving for her self a Pension every year. She sold all the Estates the Frizelanders had in Holland, to revenge her Brothers death. She died in the year 1355. and in her ended the House of Hainant.

CHAP. IV.

The House of Bavaria.

William of Bavaria, the Twenty fifth.

VVIlliam the fifth, Duke of Bavaria, and Son to the Empress Margaret, govern'd three years, and had no Children by his Wife, who was of the House of Lancaster. He ran mad, and kill'd a Gentleman of great quality; whereupon his Subjects gave him a Guardian, who was

Albert, the Twenty sixth.

Albert, his Brother govern'd as Guardian for the space of thirty years; after which time the right fell to him, and he reign'd sixteen more. He had by his first Wife, William, Albert, and John, afterwards Bishop of Leege, Katherine Dutchess of Gueldres, Mary of Burgundy, Jane of Austria, and Jane Queen of Bohemia. In second marriage he took the Daughter of the Duke of Cleves. The Frizelanders felt the effects of his just anger.

William, the Twenty seventh.

William the sixth, Son to Albert, was twice married, first to the Daughter of Charles King of France, who died without issue; secondly to the Daughter of Philip the bold Duke of Brabant, by whom he had a Daughter call'd Jacqueline. He made War with the Duke of Gueldres; but after he made not only peace but friendship with him. A little before he died he made an assembly of the States, in which his Daughter was by common consent proclaim'd his Heiress. He died in the same year, which was the thirteenth of his Reign.

Jacqueline, the Twenty eighth.

Jacqueline being sixteen years old, was married to the Dolphin of France, Son to Charles the sixth, who died the first year of their marriage, and left her at liberty to marry John Son to the Duke of Brabant; but this marriage being void, by reason of the proximity of blood, they being Cousin-germans, before the cause could be decided at Rome; she went into England, and there was married anew to Humphrey Duke of Gloucester, Brother to King Henry: but this marriage being likewise made void by the Pope, she married Francis de Borsales, who was taken prisoner by the Duke of Burgundy. In her time there were many civil Wars; and by her death her State fell to Philip of Burgundy, and in her ended the House of Bavaria.

CHAP. V.

The House of Burgundy.

Philip the Good, the Twenty ninth.

PHilip of Burgundy, Son to John of Burgundy, and Margaret Daughter of Albert, Duke of Bavaria, added this noble accession to his Dutchy. He had three Wives, the first Michelle, Daughter to Charles the sixth King of France, who died without Children. His second was Claudina, Daughter to Robert Earl of Heu, who was also barren. His third was Isabelle of Portugal, by whom he had three Sons, who died young, and the fourth nam'd Charles Earl of Charolo •• lived. He govern'd thirty four years; he was a vertuous witty Prince. One day some body telling him, that the inhabitants of G •• nt did much court his Son Charles; he answer'd that they were much given to love their Masters Son, but that they would hate him when he should be their Master. He receiv'd some injury from the King of England, and in revenge, besieged Calais with a prodigious Army; but the inhabitants of Ghent and Bruges forsaking his Army, because he did not act according to their hasty expectations, were the ruine of his design. This Prince was the first that instituted at the Hague the Order of the Golden Fleece, and it has been since transferr'd to the House of Austria. His ordinary stay was at Bruges in Flanders, where he died.

Charles Earl of Charolois, the Thirtieth.

Charles, sirnamed the Warrier, succeeded to his Father. By his first Wife Katherine of France he had no Children; but by his second, Elizabeth of Bourbon, he had the Princess Mary. War was this Princes inclination, which he begun against the King of France, Lewis the eleventh. He chastized the inhabitants of Liege, and caused the Town to be laid waste. He was still out-witted by Lewis, though he were assisted by the Constable de St. Paul, whom Lewis beheaded. He drove the Duke of Larrain out of his Countrey, who recover'd it again by the assistance of the Swissers, against whom by his fault he lost a great Battle, and in the hopes of revenge, having engaged them with a new Army, he lost above sixteen thousand men. And at last (his ill fortune still pursuing him) he went to besiege Nancy, and was there betrayed by an Italian, whom he loved and trusted too much, his Army defeated, and himself kill'd upon the place. It is thought that his design was to have extended his Dominions as far as Italy, by Lorrain and the Swissers; and that he had often desir'd the Emperour, to erect his States into a Kingdome. Never Prince was more courted by forreign Powers than he; for he had one only Daughter, extream handsome, and who was to inherit all his Dominions; he promis'd her to none, but gave fair words to all. His death was much resented by his Subjects, and hardly beleev'd by the Hollanders. Lewis King of France was very glad of his death, for he stood much in awe of his power; and 'tis thought, that he prevailed with money upon this Italian, to betray him.

Mary Countess of Charolois, Dutchess of Burgundy, and Countess of Holland, the Thirty first.

The loss of this great Warriour, brought a great consternation amongst his people, and made them assemble the generall States at Louvain, to take care for the safety of those Provinces, and their Mistress. This young Lady was then about fourteen years old, when the tragick news of her Fathers death, reach'd her ears. The Emperour Ferdinand did desire her for his Son Maximilian; and Lewis of France for his Dolphin Charles; and it seem'd that the Ladies inclinations were more inclin'd o the French: but they too hasty to seize the prey, having entred Artois with an Army, the States gave her to Maximilian, the Emperours Son; the Countess of Meguen her Governant having boldly said, that the Princess was of age to bear a man, and therefore they should not give her a childe, such as the Dolphin of France was.

The French upon this marriage were so incensed, that they laid wast all the Countrey of Artois; and from thence fell upon Hainaut. They tryed also to annoy these Provinces by Sea, but were beaten by the Hollanders. This excellent Lady having liv'd some years in admirable union with her Husband, fell one day as she was a hunting, and broke two ribbs; whereupon a Feaver citing her, she died in the year 1482. She left a Son call'd Philip, and Margaret her Daughter.

CHAP. VI.

The House of Austria.

Maximilian, the Thirty second.

THis Imperiall Prince having married the Princess Mary at Ghent, was declar'd Earl of Holland. His first care was to invite all his Nobility, to be reveng'd of the French, for pillaging Maries Territories: in effect he defeated them, and took the Town of Tournay; and a year after he constituted for his Lieutenant in Holland, Nun. de lalain seigneur de montigny, and Knight of the golden Fleece.

After the death of Mary, the French pretended that the care of the Children did belong to them; but it was judged for the Father. He was at last chosen Emperour, and died in the year 1519. in January. Thus the Low Countreys became annexed to the House of Austria; and by the marriage of Philip, Maximilians Son, to Jane of Castile, was fram'd that great House, which has so long given subject of fears and jealousies to all Europe.

Philip of Austria, the Thirty third.

This Prince, firnam'd the Delight of Mankind, for his beauty and goodness, was married to Jane, Daughter to Ferdinand of Castile. He brought her into the Low-Countreys, and there she was brought abed of Charles, who was afterwards Emperour; as also of another Son, nam'd Ferdinand. Then he return'd into Spain, and so won the hearts of all the Nobility there, that his Father-in-law Ferdinand became jealous of him, but durst not trust any body with his jealousie: nay such was his distrust, that he began to hate that great Captain, D • n Gonsaloe. But Philip freed him from his fears, by dying in Spain, which made many suspect poison. His Wife did love him so passionately, that she ran mad, and died not long after him.

Charles the fifth, of Austria, Emperour, King of Spain, and Earl of Holland, the Thirty fourth.

Charles was born at Gheat, in the year 1500. the twenty fourth of February. His Father died when he was but six years old; and at fifteen, he was receiv'd as Prince in the Low-Countreys; at eighteen he was acknowledg'd King of Spain; and proclaim'd Emperour at nineteen. He was very well bred up by his Aunt Margaret, and his Tutor, Adrian of Utrect, whom he afterwards made Pope.

He was solemnly crown'd King of Spain at Valladolid; but while he was absent in the Low Countreys, the Spaniards revolted from him.

Francis the first, King of France, stood with him to be chosen Emperour, but fail'd of his pretensions: thence sprung an animosity between them, which caus'd many bloody Wars, wherein Charles his good fortune prevail'd; for he took Francis prisoner, and for his ransome, made him yeeld all his right to Naples, Milan, and the Low-Countreys. In his time, and under his colours, Rome was taken, and sack'd, and the Pope kept prisoner. He bought the Lordship of Utrect and Transilvania, and annexed them to the rest. Solyman the Emperour of the Turks, had besieged Vienna; but hearing of Charles his approach, rais'd his siege, and march'd away. He overcame the Protestant Princes, took the Duke of Saxony, and the Landgrave of Hessen. He pass'd over into Africa, and took the Town of Tunis. These are couragious actions; but the boldest of all was, when he trusted his person in the hands of his mortall enemy, Francis the first; which was upon this occasion: The inhabitants of Ghent were revolted, and did desire the French to protect them; Charles then in Spain, demands passage through France; and safe conduct, which was ordered, and nobly observ'd by Francis, who caus'd him to be sumptuously entertain'd all along his journey. Being arriv'd in Brabant, he found his Rebels ready to submit; he receiv'd them to mercy, but with very infamous conditions for them, by the advice of one of his counsellors, who was afterwards banished Flanders, for being the author of so severe a proceeding. After this, having made peace with the other Protestant Princes, he came and laid siege to Mets, a Town in Lorrain, where he was worsted, and forced by the valour of the Duke of Guise, who was within the Town, to retire, having lost the greatest part of an Army of a hundred thousand men.

This so much afflicted the Emperour, that he was divers daies before he would be seen in publick; and it is thought that from that time forward, he fram'd the design of resigning his Crown. In pursuance of this resolution, he call'd the States to Brussels, and there in the presence of his Son, having recited his actions, and given account of his Government, he desir'd to be eas'd of the burden in his old age, and so absolv'd them from their Oathes of Allegiance, and dispos'd of all, in favour of his Son Philip.

I desire you, said he, to obey my Son, to keep peace and union amongst your selves, to observe your old Religion, and to forgive me if I have offended you. Then turning to his Son, he desir'd him to confer the love he owed him as his Father, upon the people. His Speech ended with tears in his eyes, and drew showers from his spectators, and old Servants.

Philip his Son having kiss'd his Fathers hand, commanded Cardinal Granvell, because he could not speak French himself, to assure the States of his good favour, and of the desire he had to follow his Fathers example and instructions.

Two moneths after he resign'd all his Kingdomes to Philip, and sent the Imperiall Crown to his Brother Ferdinand. And then Charles who had been one of the greatest Monarchs of the world, being become a private person, embarqued for Spain in the year 1556. and arrived there in a few dayes, passing the rest of his life, which was just two years, in the solitude of St. Just. In this retir'd place he died in 1558. having enjoyed the Empire thirty six years.

I have spoke a little more at large of the actions of this Prince, than our method bears, for two reasons; First, Because he is the author of many fine Laws and Constitutions, which are to this day observ'd in Holland. Secondly, Because his memorie is yet in great veneration amongst these Nations.

Some of the Citizens of Utrect, having carried themselves very insolently towards him, he patiently endur'd the affronts, that he might give an example to other Princes, how they are bound to observe themselves, the Laws they lay upon their people; though in this case it were not he, but one of his Officers that was in fault. It is said that he gave the Citizens of Utrect this priviledge, that their estates should not be confiscated, though their persons were executed, and that for what crime soever, but that their heirs may enjoy it, in paying five pound fine.

In all his Wars, he had no faithfuller Subjects than the Low-Countrey people; witness his own words at Ingolstat, where he had like to have been quite oppress'd by the Pretestant Army; he still cheer'd up himself and his Souldiers, by saying, Courage, my Low-Countrey Subjects will be here shortly: And when he saw them arrive, he cryed out with joy, We have now vanquished our enemies.

In his life time, Martin Luther began his reformation, and had converted the greatest part of Germany, to whom the Emperour was forc'd to grant a toleration, in matters of Religion. John Calvin likewise writ against the Church of Rome, and his books met with as favourable a reception in Holland, as Luthe • s did in Germany. The Emperour endeavoured by strict Edicts, to stop the course of this change, and recommended to his Son Philip to do so likewise.

Philip the second, King of Spain, and Earl of Holland, the Thirty fifth.

In the year 1556. Philip took in hand the reins of Government in the Low-Countreys, and made Philibert, Duke of Savoy, a great and stout Prince, his Lieutenant and Governour in all the Low-Countreys. The truce that was between France and Spain, being broken, by reason of the succour which the French sent the Pope, Queen Mary of England declar'd War likewise against the French, at the instigation of her Husband, King Philip. The Duke of Savoy comes into Picardy, and defeats entirely the French Army upon St. Laurence day, with so great a slaughter of Nobility and Gentry, that it astonish'd the whole Kingdome. Paris it self being forsaken by its inhabitants, was in danger of being lost, had the conquerour followed his victory. But the Duke of Guise coming out of Italy, soon recruited, and set a new Army on foot; took Ca • ais in seven dayes time, which had been so many hundred years in the power of the English.

Fortune continuing still averse to the French, they received another overthrow in Flanders, where the Earl of Egmont behav'd himself as nobly, as he had done in the first battell of St. Laurence, and was the cause of the winning of the day. 'Tis true that ten English men of War, which happened by chance to be near the shore, play'd with their great Guns upon the French Army, and much disorder'd it. After this, Queen Mary of England dying, left Philip a widower, and he took to his second Wife, Isabelle of France. Philip before he embarqued for Spain, being desirous to provide for the peace and tranquillity of the Low-Countreys, made Margaret of Austria, Dutchess of Parma, and bastard Daughter to Charles the Emperour, his Regent and Governess over all the Low-Countreys. The Earl of Egmont was made Governour of Flanders and Artois; the Duke Mansfield, of Luxemburg; the Earl William of Nassaw, Prince of Orange, was made Governour of Holland and Zeland.

CHAP. VII.

Containing the memorable Passages under the Government of Margaret of Parma.

KIng Philip having install'd and setled this Princess in the Government of the Low-Countreys, left her at Brussels with an ample power, and embarqued at Flushing for Spain. After his departure, that peace and tranquillity which he left things in, lasted not long; for what with the discontent of great ones, who thought themselves neglected, and the jealousies of the people, who were afraid of being oppress'd by the Inquisition, all men were ready and dispos'd for tumults. Adde to this the non-performance of that promise, which the King had made at his going away, which was to recall all Spanish and forreign Forces out of the Low Countreys.

The first appearance of sedition, was a Petition presented to the Princess, by five hundred Gentlemen, dress'd like beggars. To content them, the Spanish Forces were with-drawn; and not long after Cardinal Granvell, whom they much envied, was recall'd. But still in every place there was execution done upon those, whom they call'd hereticks; who by their constant sufferings, so animated the people, that at last they would no longer endure they should be put to death, but rescued them out of the hands of the hang-men, by force.

The King having notice of all, order'd that the Councell of Trent should be publish'd in the Low-Countreys, the execution of which caus'd more troubles, and gave occasion to the Count Egmont, to take a journey into Spain, there he was very well receiv'd by the King, soon dispatch'd; and in his return home, he brought with him Alexander, Prince of Parma, Son to the Princess Regent. Prince Maurice of Nassaw was born in this year 1565. in which was fram'd the league or confederation of the Nobility, which was followed by the revolt and rising of the meaner sort, who broke down Images, and Altars, invaded Monasteries and Nunneries, and at last attak'd Towns. But their fury was stop'd by the Countrey people, called Wallons, who fell upon them, and routed them.

The Confederates made a new Assembly at Leege, and there the Regent sent to them the Prince of Orange, and the Count Egmont, to desire them to forbear all new designs. They sent her another Petition, which she defer'd to answer, till the generall Assembly of the Knights of the Golden Fle • c • should be holden.

In this very year, the Prince of Orange, the Count Egmond, Count Lewis of Nassaw and Horne, met at Dondermond, to consider whether it were safe for them, to let the King, who did threaten to appear with an Army, come peaceably in, or oppose his passage by main force. Upon this Consultation, the Gentry and the Merchants joyn'd with them, and all resolv'd to maintain by force, that which they had obtain'd by Petition from the Princess.

The Prince of Orange, his Brother, and Hogestract, met at Breda, and writ to Fgmont, to know whether he would joyn with them; but he refus'd it.

In 1567. was struck the first stroke of War, between Beauvor for the Princess, and the Lord of Tholoze for the Confederates, who were routed, and their leader kill'd in the sight of the inhabitants of Antwerp, who stood upon their Walls, and looked on for a while; till at last seeing their party worsted, they ran to their Arms, but were app • ased by the Prince of Orange. The Princess▪ taking heart at this, propos'd a new Oath of Allegiance; but it was first refus'd by Brederode and Horn, and then by the Prince of Orange himself, who forsook all his employments and charges, and retir'd with his Brother into Germany. Before he went he had a meeting with the Count Egmont, and he told him in the presence of Count Mansfield; I foresee, said he, that thou wilt be the Bridge, over which the Spaniards will march into the Low-Countreys.

This departure of the Prince of Orange, and his friends, did for a time so •• artle most of the Towns, that they began to ask pardon and submit. The small Army which Brederode had gather'd together, was routed and dispersed, and he forced to fly with his Family into Friezeland. This made Holland and Zeland receive Garrisons, and drive away the Protestant Ministers, insomuch that all was setled again, and obedience restor'd to the Prince. Hereupon the Princess writ to the King, to come in person, and by his presence heal up a wound, which else might open afresh; but Philip, glad (it may be) of this occasion, of diminishing the priviledges of his Low-Countrey Subjects, sent the Duke of Alva with an Army to execute his commands. The Princess soon perceiv'd, that the severe proud nature of the Duke, would undoe all that her milde temper had made up. In effect, as soon as he came, he clap'd up the Earls of Horn and Egmont: whereupon the Princess desir'd leave to be gone for Italy. Before her departure, she took her leave by Letters of most of the Cities; and the Nobility shewed their respects, in waiting upon her to the borders of Germany, where she left them, to their great sorrow, for the loss of so wise and moderate a Princess.

CHAP. VIII.

Containing the Government of the Duke of Alva.

THe Duke D'alva having pass'd by Savoy and Lorrain, with an Army of 10000. Spaniards and Italians, all old Souldiers, he was sent by the King, to punish and chastize all those, that had any hand in pulling down Churches and Monasteries; or that had any way favour'd the former Confederations. This he executed by a Court of twelve, who were to judge soveraignly, and without appeal, of all Delinquents. This was call'd the Councell of blood, and so frighted the people, that thousands of them fled with their Families, into neighbouring Countreys, to the great detriment of those Provinces, as the Princess Margaret had well fore-seen. The Prince of Orange, and they that were with him, had wisely avoided this storm, which they fore-saw; but Henry of Erederode, the Earls of Hooghstract, Culemburg, and Bergue, were cited before this Councell; but they ran into Germany, and implor'd the succour of the Princes there. In the mean time the Duke of Culemburghs house was razed to the ground, and Philip his Son taken from Louvain, and sent into Spain to be bred.

By this time the Princes had got an Army; and Hooghstract fell upon Artois, and was there defeated by Davila.

Lewis of Nassaw, with his brother Adolfe, invaded Friezeland, and routed the Earl of Aremberg, who oppos'd them: the Earl and Adolfe were both kill'd. D'alva hearing this, resolv'd to meet • hem in person; but before he undertook his journey, he made nineteen Gentlemen be publickly executed; and a little after, caused the Earls of Horne and Egmont to be beheaded; no prayers nor entreaties made in favour of so great a Warriour, being able to prevail with his fierce temper. He valued as little the threats of vengeance, that were made after their deaths; but in pursuance of his design, went and fought the Army of Lewis, which he utterly ruin'd; and immediately turn'd head to the Prince of Orange, who was got into Brabant with another considerable Army: him he overcame by policy; for he refus'd to fight, knowing, that the Princes Army for want of pay, would soon disband, which accordingly fell out.

After this, he demanded the tenth penny, through the whole Low-Countreys; and that was the apple of division, which separated and divided the Low-Countreys, and made two states of them, one part remaining under the Spanish domination, and the other making up that powerfull body of the United Provinces, now acknowledg'd by Philip the fourth, to be Soveraigns. All the people were very much shaken in their affection to Spain, by the former causes; but this last did as it were, precipitate them into war and discord, which have at last by the exactness of their discipline, produced that incomparable fruit of peace and tranquillity.

This tenth penny was a new tribute upon all merchandises; besides there was a twentieth upon immoveables, and a hundredth part upon all for once. But the people concern'd in this demand, chose rather to put hands to their swords, than to their purses; and yet by a strange, but necessary effect of their resolution, they have been forc'd to lay much heavier burdens upon themselves, to enable themselves to maintain the War: but the desire of liberty made them endure joyfully that, which they were so much afraid of from anothers hand.

In the mean time, the Councell still proceeded to execution upon the guilty, and those that refus'd to pay this new imposition: and though the States did represent what damage would befall the Countrey, by the removall of Mark-lands, yet he being jealous of his Authority, made them go on. But there happened an accident, which much vexed the Duke, which was, that Queen Elizabeth of England, stop'd in her harbours, divers Ships loaden with money, destin'd to pay his Army, and caus'd it to be transported into the Tower of London, where i • remain'd, never to be repayed.

This disappointment cool'd the Dukes heat a little, and made him publish a solemn pardon for the following year; but in vain, for by this time he was become so odious, that all the people forsook, and turn'd to the Prince of Orange, as it appear'd not long after.

About All-Saints day, there hapned an unlucky presage of the following calamities, and which was indeed a great one it self; for the Sea having broken the dikes and sluces, over-flowed almost all Friezeland, with a great part of Holland and Zeland; they say, that above 20000. persons perished in Friezeland alone. This great misfortune made them represent to the Duke, the impossibility of paying the Taxe he requir'd; who little satisfied with their Remonstrances, was upon the point of dealing severely with some Citizens of Bruxels, when the news came that the The name of a Faction. Gueux d'eau, or water Gueux, or Beggars, had surprized the Bril upon Palm-Sunday. The chief of this Faction was the Earl of Lumee; who being cast there with his Fleet by a storm, found occasion of surprizing the place, and there discharg'd upon the Churchmen, the hatred he owed the Spaniards. The Count de Bossu hastening to its relief, was beaten off, and then seeking to secure Dort, he was refus'd entrance.

Upon this news, all the Towns of Holland cast off the yoke, and joyn'd with the Prince of Orange, except Amsterdam and Schorhof: Flushing in Zeland followed the example of the rest, being animated to it by a Priest.

The Province of Overissel chang'd likewise: but nothing so much troubled the Duke, as the taking of Mons in Hainaut by the French, under the conduct of Lewis of Nassaw. For fearing lest Charles of France should take this occasion, of invading the Low-Countreys, he immediately turn'd all his Forces that way, which gave time to the Hollanders, to frame their small Commonwealth, and give it some foundation. He besieged Mons by his Son at first, and at last came himself, and took it, in spight of Lewis and his Army; who endeavouring to succour the place, were beaten, and forc'd to a retreat. Mons being recover'd, many other Towns yeelded; and Malines for having receiv'd a Garrison from the Prince, was sacked. The Dukes Son Frederick, following his Fathers foot-steps, recover'd Overissel and Friezeland; from thence passed into Holland, and by the bloody action he committed at Naerden, he fastened an indeleble hatred upon his Nation. Harlem also was taken; but Alcmaer stood out, and much fortified the Confederates.

The year 1573. was famous, by the Duke of Alvaes leaving the Low-Countreys. He was recall'd by Philip, who thought his absence might bring a calm in this troubled Sea; but the agitation was too great to be so soon layed. He was a cruell proud man; a very good Souldier, but inexorable in his chastizings: if he had made a mixture of severity and mildness, he had without doubt better fitted the humour of the Nations, he had to do with. He is to this very day in great aversion among the Hollanders, who call all cruell men by his name. It is said of him, that he bragg'd he had brought above 18000. to their end, by the hand of justice: I know not whether it be true; but I know that the States have founded the justice of their pretensions, upon his cruelties. He govern'd six years, and left no body afflicted for his depart. It was said, and well said, that either King Philip should never have sent him, or never have recall'd him.

CHAP. IX.

The Government of Don Lewis, and the great Councell of State.

LEwis of Requesens, high Commander of the Kingdome of Castilia, was sent in the place of the Duke; and his famous Statue which he had caused to be set up in Antwerp, was pull'd down by his order, to the great satisfaction of the States. His first care was to set out a Fleet, to succour Mondragonius, a brave Captain, who had defended Middleburgh almost two years; but he was ignorant that the Sea was the Throne, these Nations intended to settle their Empire in. The Earl Bossu had been beaten the year afore by the Hollanders; and now the Zelanders burn'd and destroyed this Fleet, in the presence of Don Lewis, and took Middleburgh.

The Count Lewis of Nassaw had worse fortune; for having brought a brave Army out of Germany, he was met at Nimmiegue by Davila, and entirely defeated; himself and his Brother slain. This victory was followed by a sedition in the Spanish Army, which much weakened their power; but being appeas'd, were sent before Leyden, in hopes of having the pillageing of that Town; but being there shamefully repulsed, their indignation fell upon their Generall, whom they detained in prison, till they had received their full pay. After that they took Oudewater and Schoonhof. Many Propositions and Treaties were advanced; but none taking effect, Don Lewis fram'd that famous enterprize, by many thought impossible, of besieging Ziriczee. This Island was in the Confederates hands, and the Royalists waded through the Sea up to the neck, to go and besiege it: 'tis true, there was no hopes of a return, the Sea being encreased by the flowing water. Ziriczee held out nine moneths, after which it yeelded. Vitellio a great Captain died during that siege, and Don Lewis followed him shortly after.

By his death, the Authority came into the hands of the Cou • cell of State; who for want of union, ruin'd the Kings affairs, and gave occasion to a fourth sedition of the Spaniards. A little after followed the pacification of Gand, and the alliance of the Provinces, against the Spaniards; who seeing themselves generally hated, and that the inhabitants of Antwerp, were about to divide the Town from the Cittadell, by a Trench, agreed at last with the Governour Davila, and sallying out, plunder'd the Town for three dayes together, which was a most barbarous and detestable action.

CHAP. X.

The Government of Don John of Austria, and of the Prince of Parma.

DOn John of Austria was receiv'd Governour, upon condition that he should subscribe to the pacification of Gand, which he did; but finding himself without Authority, he surprized Namur; whereupon the States proclaimed him as an enemy, and raised an Army. He was a Bastard of Charles the fifth, and had made himself famous, by that immortall Battle of Lepanto against the Turks, in which he was Generall. The States chose in the mean time the Archduke Matthias, Brother to the Emperour Rodolf, for their Governour. Then having assembled their Army at Gemblours, they faced Don Johns Forces; who couragiously engaging them, obtained the victory, but liv'd not long after it, declaring Alexander, Prince of Parma, for his successour. This was that famous Alexander, who by his valour and conduct, reduced all Artois, Hainaut, Flanders, and Brabant, to their obedience; who took Antwerp, Malines, Ipres, Brussels, and many other Cities; and at last he had brought the Confederates to the necessity of submitting to some forreign Prince for protection, if God had not raised up Prince Morrice to defend them. In the mean time the Archduke Matthias, finding that the States had a mind to be rid of him, and were ready to call the Duke of Alencon, and make him Duke of Brabant, left the Low-Countreys. The Duke of Alencon went first into England, in hopes of being married to Queen Elizabeth; but the match being deferr'd, he went into Brabant, and took possession of the Dutchy.

In the year 1582. the Prince of Orange was shot in the face with a Pistoll, which made the people take some jealousie of the French, and threaten to cut their throats, and their new Dukes. He on his side did complain, that all the Authority was in the Prince of Orange his hand; and thereupon fram'd a design upon Antwerp, but fail'd when it came to the execution, so that they were forced to leave the Town: and soon after Alexander made them quit the Countrey, in which he did still advance, having taken Tournay, Oudenard, and Breda, defeated Biron, and taken Dunkirk.

All this while, William Prince of Orange, was seriously employed in framing, and giving Laws to this new Commonwealth; but being wakened by the progress of Alexander, Duke of Parma, he made a Remonstrance to the United Provinces, that now there was but two wayes left, to provide for their safety; the one was, to submit, and patiently yeeld to the Spanish domination; the other, to declare the King of Spain to be fallen from, and to have lost his right to the said Provinces; and thereupon choose another Prince, mentioning the Duke of Alenson. The last of these was followed; and in a generall Assembly at Antwerp, King Philip was depriv'd of his right and power in those Provinces, and the Duke of Alenson, as it has been said before, chosen in his place. It is to the great wit and prudence of this Prince of Orange, that Holland owes its liberty; but he liv'd not to enjoy the fruit of his labour, for he was assassinated at Delft, the same year and day that the Duke of Alenson died at Chastea • Thyerry.

Alexander having reduced Ipres and Bergue, resolv'd, against the opinion of all, to besiege Antwerp; and though he met with inconceivable difficulties in the execution, yet he atchiev'd his enterprize with great glory.

But his noble actions, and the brave resistance of the United Provinces, with all the series of the long War they have maintain'd, for the defence of their liberties, have been eloquently written by divers good Authors, to whom we refer the Reader: our scope in this short Narration being only to instruct him, how Holland and the other Provinces were govern'd before their union; which having perform'd, we now come to our main design, which is, to give a particular Account of this Union, of the Conditions upon which it was concluded, and by which it yet stands, as it follows in the Second Part of this Book.

THE SECOND BOOK, Containing the State and Government OF THE United Provinces OF THE LOW-COUNTRIES.

CHAP. I.

The League and Union of the Provinces.

IT was in the Year 1579. that some of the 17. Provinces formerly under the Dominion of Philip King of Spain, began to be call'd the United Provinces, because of the League and Union which they made to defend themselves against the Spaniard their common Enemy; and though these Provinces be now in the number of seven, yet at first they were not so many, but those that are mentioned in the Annals are these following; Gueldre, Zutphen, Holland, Zeeland, the Diocess of Utrect, Friezland, or that Country which is call'd Omland, situated between the Rivers Ems and Larica, the Country about Nimmiegue and Arnhem, the greatest part of the grietmans of Friezland, Antwerp, Ypres, and Breda. The Provinces call'd Overyssel and Groningue followed their example, and were admitted into the Union in the Year 1594. Here follow the Articles of this Union.

1. That all the aforesaid Provinces shall be as straightly and intimately united, as if they did all make up one entire Province and Politick body; and that they shall never be capable of being dis-united by any will, codicil, gift, cession, sale, contract, agreement, or mariage of any Prince, nor by any other means whatsoever.

2. That every one of these Provinces shall inviolably keep and enjoy all their Immunities, Customs, Priviledges, and Statutes of their Ancestors; that they shall help one another against all Enemies whatsoever; that if it should happen that any contentions should arise between the said Provinces, that the de-bate should be judged either by the ordinary Judges, or by Umpires friendly chosen, and in the mean time they shall forbear troubling and offending one another till sentence be pronounced.

3. The said Provinces shall be bound to defend and protect each other mutually and freely, against all Princes and Lords either of their own Country or Foreigners, who shall offer to invade them, or commit any act of hostility whatsoever; and for this effect they shall raise such Forces, and such Money and Contribution as shall be thought fit, and judged necessary by the greatest and major part of the Confederates.

4. To the end that the said Provinces be alwayes in a readiness, and provided against all designs of their Enemies, the Frontier Towns shall be Fortified, and provided with Men and Ammunition at the Publick charge, by the consent of all the Provinces; and that those whose Towns are already Fortified, shall nevertheless contribute as the rest; and if there be found necessity of building any new Forts, demolishing or changeing the old ones, that it be done at a common charge.

5. And to the end that the necessary means whereby to answer all these designs fail not, there shall be leavied and raised every where alike, and by the same form and way, Taxes and Imposts upon all sorts of Wine, Beer, Wheat, Corn, Salt, Cloths, Silks, Cattle, till'd and pasture Grounds, the weight of Merchandizes, weighed in publick weights, &c. That those Regal Rights belonging heretofore to the King of Spain, shall still remain and be converted to the use aforesaid; that all the Money raised by these, or any other wayes, shall not be destin'd nor imployed for any other use than for the defence of the said Provinces; and the said Imposts shall be lessened or encreased according to publick emergencies.

6. That the Frontier Towns shall be bound to receive or dismiss all Garrisons by the command of the States, as likewise to pay them their pay out of the publick Money; and to the end the safety of the said Towns be the better preserv'd, it is agreed that the Officers of the Garrisons shall be sworn, not only to the States General, but also to the Magistrates of the particular Towns they shall be in; that care be taken to make a Military Law, to the end the Souldiers be not trouble some to the Inhabitants; that the Souldiers themselves in Garrison be not freed from paying the Imposts, and there be a sum set apart by the States to pay the Citizens for the lodging and quartering of Souldiers.

7. That a moneth after the publication of this Union, there be a general review made of all those that have attain'd the age of 18. years, and are under 60. and that their Names be registred and declared to the States General, to be imployed as they shall think fit.

8. That there be made neither Peace, War, nor Truce, nor new Imposition without the consent of all the Provinces, not one resisting or standing out; and as for the other things, that concern the administration and execution of the said alliance, that they be undertaken and perform'd by those that shall be appointed by the greatest part of the Confederates; yet that all be call'd if there be either Peace or War, or some other important business to be decided; if the States cannot agree, then the business be put to the Arbitration of the Governors of the particular Provinces, and that all may follow their decision.

9. That none of the said particular Provinces shall make League or Union with any Neighbouring Power, or strange and remote Prince or People, by their own private Authority, and without the consent of the rest; and likewise that if any Princes desire to come into the aforesaid alliance, that they shall be received by common consent.

10. That all approve of, or reject the same coyn, stamp, and money; and that as soon as can be, there come forth a rule or settlement for coyning, which all shall follow.

11. As for the publick exercise of Religion, whether or no any other ought to be receiv'd besides the Protestant, let every Province dispose and ordain about it as they please; provided still that they be all bound to let every man have the liberty of his Conscience, without persecution for that subject.

12. If there should happen any contests between any of the Provinces, that then those of them that shall not be concern'd, shall have power to determine about the debate of the others; but if in these divisions all were concern'd, then let the Governors of all the Provinces meet and decide the matter in a moneths time, after which there shall be no appeal, exception, revision, or nullity to be pleaded.

13. That the said Provinces and Members of this Union do take a special care, not to give any occasion to Foreign Princes to make War against them; and therefore that they carry themselves towards Strangers with the same equity, justice and moderation, as towards the Naturals; and if any of the Members do infringe and break this Article, it is the duty and power of the others to constrain them to observe it by all means whatsoever.

14. The States and Governors of each Province shall not lay a heavier Imposition upon those of their Subjects that shall travel to and fro, than upon those that are found Inhabitants.

15. That the Government and publick administration be well setled, as it is agreed; that there be chosen in the Name of all the Confederates some Plenipotentiaries, and that these Plenipotentiaries do assign the day and place of the Assembly of the States of each Province; and that they send to them in due time the Grievances, and Heads of matters they are to treat about. Yet if there be such points as require secrecy, that then they reserve to declare them in the Assembly General of the States; that all the Provinces being thus advertiz'd, do send their Deputies with their instructions and powers necessary to the place of the Assembly General; that the preference be given by the plurality of Votes, except in important affairs; that if some Provinces do neglect to send their Deputies, that those that shall meet do nevertheless debate and deliberate, and decree, as if all had been there; but if the things to be debated will endure a delay, then the Provinces that have not sent their Deputies shall be call'd upon two or three times, and those that have not convenience of sending their Deputies, let them send their advice by writing.

16. If the States of the particular Provinces, have any knowledge of those things that deserve to be examin'd and pass'd in the Council of the States General, let them give notice to the Plenipotentiaries, who shall assign and call together the Assembly of the Confederates.

17. If there should be any difficulty about the interpretation of these Articles, or any doubt arise, let the sence of the major part of the Confederates be taken for the true meaning of all.

18. If it be found necessary to abolish or change any Laws already made, or make any new ones, let it be done by the Votes and consent of all.

19. Let all observe, and solemnly swear to keep inviolably these Laws; that if any thing be done either directly or indirectly contrary to them, let it be ipso facto void; and let it be lawfull for the other Provinces to seise and take the Cities, Possessions, and Goods of those that shall infringe them, and persist so to do.

In short, if in these Constitutions there be any thing against the Right of any particular Province now constituting, it shall not be sufficient to make a general renunciation to it, except it be preceded by a particular renunciation of each of the Confederates.

These are the Laws that have been the foundation and basis of this Commonwealth, and are still exactly observed in all points, except in the 11th. Article concerning Religion, which was alter'd by the States General in the Year 1583.

And since by the Union of Utrect, it is free to amplifie, change and shorten any of the said Articles, when the safety of the Provinces should require it; the States ordain'd, that no Religion should be henceforth receiv'd, but that which is publickly taught in the United Provinces, which is the Reformed; but that if any Members, Provinces, or Papish Towns would enter into this alliance, that then they should enjoy the liberty of their Religion, in subscribing to the rest of the Articles.

CHAP. II.

The rank and dependencies of the United Provinces towards one another.

HAving made a slight draught of the Commonwealth of these U • ited Provinces, we must now consider what are these Provinces thus united; and to that end it is observable, that all those Towns that do depend on the administration and Government of the States, do send their Deputies to the Hague, and do share in the Government; but that those Cities and Towns that have been added, and subjected by the force of Armes, are as conquer'd Nations used to be with the Romans. 'Tis true, that those Towns that by the happy success of the States Armes have been with great cost and time conquer'd in Brabant, have often solicited their admission and reception into the Body of the Commonwealth; but because they have stood the State in so much blood and treasure, and that they are incapable of assisting and being a help against the Enemy, by reason of their long sufferings, and also because it is fit that they alone who first conspir'd to this alliance, should enjoy it, they have not yet obtain'd their request.

But to know whether those Towns of Brabant, to the number of eight, viz. Bolduc, Breda, Berguenopsooun, Mastrect, Grave, Steenbergue, Heindove, and Helmont, do deserve the priviledge that the Countrey of Drent now enjoys, viz. of having particular Treasurers not accomptable to the States General, is a point which deserves a greater discussion than is here to be expected. However within these few years the said Towns have a Court of Judicature, which does Soveraignly and without Appeal judge and decide all controversies arising in those parts. This Court sits at the Hague, and is made up of seven Counsellors, one Secretary, one Attorney of the Exchequer, and one Attorney General: The Towns likewise conquer'd in Flanders have a Court of Judicature at Middlebourg, determining all causes Soveraignly.

The Countrey of Drent has many great Priviledges, as the power to choose a Governor; to contribute to the publick necessities as other Provinces do; and it has also an ambulatory Court of Justice, which goes from Town to Town to hear causes, and decree upon them without Appeal; besides it has the liberty of naming Commissaries for the Treasury; but it has not yet the priviledge of sending Deputies call'd Pensionaries to the States General, because they did not at first come into the League and Alliance made between the other Provinces; and also because since that time there has been no occasion of making any Articles with any of their Towns, except Couverde, which is disputed too; there being in this Countrey scarce any place which has ju • Civitatis, except the little Town of Mepp • l, which would sooner attain its desire of taking share in the Government, if by the consent of Drent it were united to some of the neighbouring Provinces.

To Drent is ordinarily joyn'd the Mannor or Demean of Rhun, which is an antient Lordship of the House of Munster.

But Gueldres, Holland, Zeeland, Utrect, Friezland, Overyssel and Groningue, with Omlund, are of the first alliance, and have for Armes a Lion holding in his paw seven Arrows, the symbole of their Union, and the States General do use it as their publick Seal.

This order which we have set down, though it were so at first, was nevertheless disputed between Friezland and U • rect, they both pretending to the precedency; but besides that Utrect is in possession, it has two strong reasons: The first is, that formerly all Friezland was subject to the Bishop of Utrect, as for the Spiritual Jurisdiction▪ • ly. That a 〈…〉 Utrect had declar'd for the Union, when divers Towns of Friezland were yet in suspence.

CHAP. III.

What was the Form of the General Assemblies, till the time of the Earl of Leicester.

FRom the first time that the Deputies met to make and ordain Laws, about the setling and firm establishing of the Commonwealth, it was agreed by the 17th. Article of the Union of Utrect, that as often as the Confederates should have occasion to deliberate about any thing in a set place, they should send thither their Deputies, and these Deputies were call'd the States General of the United Provinces. But the States being not alwayes in a capacity to meet, by reason of divers obstacles, and there being a great necessity of a perpetual Senate or Council, it was found requisite to establish a Council of State, (den Raed van Staten) which was made up of one President, of the Deputies of the Provinces, of one Treasurer, and three Secretaries. There was in those dayes no set place for the meeting of this Council, because that then the settlement was not compleated, and things were uncertain: but here are the Articles which this Council was bound to observe, and which were to guide them in their administration.

First, That in the exercise of their charge they should not so much endeavour the benefit and advantage of those Provinces which they were Deputies for, as the good of the whole Commonwealth.

2. That they should observe the Laws prescribed them by the Authority of the States General.

3. That they shall take care of the publick Treasure, and pay the wages to all those to whom wages are due.

4. That they shall take care that the affaires of the Confederates do not receive any disadvantage or trouble.

5. That they shall send every three moneths to the States of each particular Province, a Compendium of all their Consultations, and the accounts of their expences and receipts.

6. That the States General shall consult and deliberate with them in affairs of importance, and that they shall call them together, according to the 19th. Article of the Union.

This last Article was to be understood of such affairs as could not be delayed For their importance.

By succession of time, the Commonwealth continuing to prosper and advance, and the Earl of Leicester being expected in these parts from England, to govern as Lieutenant to Queen Elizabeth, there was reason to fear that which had already happened, viz. that he or others sitting for him, in the States, should endeavour to dive into the secret of deliberations; whereupon it was resolv'd, to settle, besides this Council of State, the Soveraign Council of the States General, who should alwayes sit at the Hague, leaving to this Council of State the care of smaller and less important business.

CHAP. IV.

In what consists the Superiority of the States General, and what sort of affairs are determin'd by them, which cannot be determin'd by the States of the particular Provinces.

SInce that time, that is, ever since the Year 1587. the Soveraign administration of business has been in the power of the States General and their Soveraign Council; and in it is not only all Majesty and Soveraignty, by vertue of the Union, but they have also the power of deciding some business which the particular Provinces cannot.

1. For in the first 〈…〉 lone that give Audience to the Ambassadors of Princes and Foreign States, and do also send in their own Name Ambassadors abroad for the good of all.

2. This Assembly alone proclaims War, and has the management of it both by Sea and Land.

3. It is to them that the Officers and Souldiers are first sworn, and then to the General that commands the Army.

4. Some Deputies of this Assembly are alwayes appointed to accompany the General in time of War, without whose advice he cannot lawfully begin any enterprize of importance.

5. This Assembly has also its Envoys in the Meetings of the East and West India Companies, because there are often deliberations of War and Peace.

6. It is this Assembly that has the power of chosing a General both by Sea and Land, and of obliging him to take the Oath of allegiance to them.

7. They give Safe-conduct and Passes to all Strangers that desire to passe through their Countrey.

8. They can pardon and forgive Fugitives, and those that have turn'd to the Enemies.

9. They make Orders about the transport and entries of Merchandises.

10. They alone exercise the power of Soveraignty over the conquer'd Cities and Towns of Brabant, Flanders, and other places reduced by force.

11. They ought to take care that all the Provinces remain in friendship and amity one with another; but they ought to comport themselves rather as Remonstrancers than as Commanders.

And in short, they are to take care of all that is directed and addressed to them by Commissions; and whosoever shall well weigh these things, will not wonder if they are honoured with the title of Illustrious High and Mighty, though the States of Holland enjoy only the quality of Noble and Powerfull:

CHAP. V.

How far the power of the States Generall does extend.

THe States Generall are alwayes upon the Guard, for the rest of the Provinces safety, and for all publick advantages. If therefore the Governour Generall, or the Embassadours and Envoys of other Princes, do make any Propositions, that are of concern and importance to the Commonwealth, it is order'd, that the Deputies do give account of it by Letters, to their respective Provinces; and according as their answer is, it is determin'd by the plurality of Votes, except in cases of contribution, for then there is requir'd an unanimous consent of all the Provinces.

From whence it appears, that the States Generall being the representatives of those that send them, have no power beyond the extent of their Commission, and in such things only as are mention'd by it; but do stand in need of new Orders, when new business happens, and without them they cannot deliberate, nor give their Vote in the Assembly. So that it appears, that they have but a fiduciary and delegated power; their Decrees are of no force, if they are not agreed to by the particular Provinces: and to them these Decrees are directed to be published, rather in a precary and submissive way, the stile running; We pray and require our dear and beloved the States, Governours, Deputies, &c. of the respective Provinces, &c. Besides this, every Province makes Laws at home as they please.

CHAP. VI.

Who are those that are ordinarily chosen for Deputies to the States Generall; and of the order which is observ'd amongst the Deputies.

THis high Councell alwayes sitting at the Hague, is composed of the Deputies of the seven Provinces, in the order above-mentioned. They are sent in uncertain number; for some Provinces send two, some three, or one, or a greater number; but all the Deputies of one Province, though never so many, make but one Vote, or Su •• rage. The Provinces that send them, furnish them for their expences, and give them a considerable allowance. The time of their deputation is not limited neither; for some Provinces send them for two years, some for four, six, or more, some for all their life. Now all these Provinces are of equall Authority in the States, though Holland, which is the strongest of all, have the custome of drawing some others to its party, and particularly, when Zeeland joyns with it.

But that which is worth observation, and contrary to the opinion of some strangers, is, that though the Provinces be very unequall in strength and dignity, and that some contribute four times as much in peace and war, towards the publick; yet have they all equall right in deliberations, and none has an authority over the other. Between the Deputies, they observe the order that is receiv'd in their respective Provinces, for their precedency. In Gu • ldres the Gentry goes before the Deputies of the Towns, and the Deputies of Nimegue precede all the others. In Holland the Deputies of Towns yeeld to the Deputies of the Nobles. In Zeeland the Deputy of the Marquess of Terveer, and of Flushing, precede all the others, as representing the Nobility. In the Diocess of Utrect, the Deputies of the chosen, or Eleu • , have precedency before the Nobility, and before the Deputies of the Town of Utrect it self. In Friezeland the Deputies of the Countrey, call'd (Goon ende Wolden) do precede the Deputies of Towns. In Overissel the Nobles Deputies carry it, before the Deputy of the three great Towns; and the same precedency that Groeningue has upon Omland, its Deputy has upon the Deputy of the other.

These things deserve to be taken notice of, because it is ordinarily the first Deputy that presides; and he being absent, the next takes his place: but the same does not preside alwayes in this great Assembly; for the president is changed every week, and the Deputies of the Provinces take it by turns.

Some strangers have been grosly mistaken, to write, that the Governour Generall was the perpetuall President of this Assembly; which is so far from being true, that he has not so much, as the liberty of giving his Vote. It cannot be denied indeed, that the States do often ask his advice, and hear his Propositions; and by a receiv'd custome, the President does every day see him, to know whether he has any thing to propose.

When the President takes the Votes, he begins by Gueldres, and goes on to Holland, Zeeland, &c. and having the opinion of all, he concludes according to the plurality of Votes; except it be an affair of great consequence, and that the Deputies desire to have time, to advise with the States of their Provinces. The Clerk or Secretary does at the same time, draw up the resolution of the company, which the President signs, and the Secretary after him.

CHAP. VII.

Of the Orders that the States of Holland and West-Friezeland give to their Deputies in the States Generall; and of the Oath they take.

SInce that the Government of Holland shall be hereafter propos'd, as a pattern of the other Provinces; it will not be amiss to produce here the Orders, that the States of Holland and West-Friezeland gave upon the third of March, in 1643. to the Deputies they sent to the States Generall.

1. There shall be sent on the behalf of Holland and West-Friezeland, none but capable and sufficient men, that shall not be before-hand engaged in another employment, by Oath or Pension.

2. It is not lawfull for the Deputies to go beyond the terms of the Treaty of union at Utrect, and the Commands of their Provinces. They shall let pass nothing, that shall be contrary to the priviledges, immunities, and customes, receiv'd by our Ancestours, without a speciall Order from their States.

3. The said Deputies shall not, neither in this Assembly, nor out of it, treat of peace nor war, nor grant Patents or Priviledges, that might be damageable to Holland or West-Friezeland; nor levy or cashier Souldiers; nor change the current Coyn; nor forgive traytors: but whensoever things of that nature shall be afoot, they shall give notice to the States of Holland and West-Friezeland, or in their absence, to the Councell of State.

4. They shall neither sell, nor alienate the Dominions, Rights, and Priviledges belonging to the publick, by vertue of their publick union, without a particular and speciall consent of the Provinces.

5. All the revenues and prerogatives that belong to the publick, by vertue of Treaties and Agreements made with forreign powers, shall be applied to the benefit of the publick union, and shall be put in the hands of the Treasurer, and the Councell of State, and the States Generall shall not dispose of them.

6. The Deputies shall not, neither by themselves, nor by others, exercise any sort of Judicature upon any cause; but shall send the parties either to the Councell of State, or to the Admiralty, according as the affair is: but they may pronounce sentence upon such Law-Suits, as are subject to be re-viewed.

7. They cannot by their Authority, hinder and suspend the execution of any sentence, given by any Court whatsoever, either in criminall or civill matters.

8. As soon as the States of Holland and West-Frieze shall meet, they shall immediately send them all the Deliberations made in the States Generall.

9. They shall communicate the affairs and concerns of these Countreys, to none but their States; or in their absence, to their Councell of State: and if there fall out any thing that may concern North-Holland, they shall immediately give notice to the Deputies of that place.

10. The Councell of State, and the Colledge of the 〈…〉 iralty, shall leave that very thing 〈◊〉 the order so prescrib'd; and shall not change, either by themselves, or others, any part of these Instructions.

11. They shall not dispose of the pri 〈…〉 pall military, and pol 〈…〉 ck Offices, without the particular consent of the States of Holland; neither shall they make such presents, as might lessen the revenue of the publick.

12. They shall have six shillings a day allowed them for their wages.

13. The Deputies shall swear to observe all these Articles; of which, the States of Holland and West-Friezeland, do reserve to themselves a more ample interpretation.

This Order has been made and confirm'd by the said States the ninth of March, in the year 1643. Here follows the Formulary of the Oath.

I A. B. do promise and swear perpetuall fidelity to the States of Holland, and West-Friezeland, as being the Soveraign Lords of the said Provinces; and that I will not assist neither by counsell, nor by deed, or any manner, in any thing that shall be prejudiciall to the aforesaid Authority; and that if I perceive any such thing doing by others, I will immediately give notice of it to the States, or in their absence, to their Councell: likewise that I will defend to my utmost, the prerogatives and honour of the said Countreys; as likewise the Reform'd Religion, as it is now taught in those Provinces. In a word; that I will further and advance, as much as in me lyes, the interest of the said Provinces, both in the States Generall, and abroad, as far as it stands with the benefit of the publick union. I do likewise promise to keep secret all things, that shall require to be so kept; that I will receive no forbidden presents; and that I will do all things according to those Orders I have now or shall have hereafter.

CHAP. VIII.

Of the Great Assembly Extraordinary.

BEsides the Assembly of the States Generall, alwayes residing at the Hague; there is besides a great Assembly, call'd in the language of the Countrey, De groote Vergaderinge; which is also convocated to meet at the Hague, for affairs of extraordinary importance. This Assembly never meets, till all the Provinces have first given their consent; who do not only prescribe the time and place, but do also examine before-hand, in their States, all the points that are to be put in deliberation, that so they may be able to give positive and certain Orders to their Deputies; and yet are these Deputies often obliged to write back, and have recourse to those that sent them. The Order of this Assembly, is the same with that of the States Generall, and they have the same power.

CHAP. IX.

Of the Councell of State, which is the greatest after the Councell of the States Generall.

IT appears by what has been said before, that there is a Councell of State of more ancient standing, than the States Generall. But since the establishment of this last, the first takes cognizance of smaller affairs; as of those things that concern Taxes; or the Militia; or those that regard the Towns and Fortresses conquer'd, and the visit of the fortifications of them. This Councill is compos'd of the Deputies of all the Provinces; and the Generall of the Army, (when there is one) is perpetuall President of it, and has his Vote. There are twelve Counsellors from the Provinces; two from Gueldres; three from Holland; two from Zeeland; two from Friezeland; and Utrect, Overissell, Groeningue, and Omland, each, one. And because the Generall is often absent, therefore they choose a President, which ordinarily fall to them by turns. Hereof every man makes a Vote, and they reckon by Pole; and then the greatest number carries it. They sit as long, as it pleases the States that sent them. Friezeland having alwaies had a Governour apart, he has had the priviledge of appearing and sitting for them, and of appointing some body to do it in his absence. This Councell being (in effect) as a help to the States Generall, they treat much about affairs of the same nature, and often do give an account of what they do, to the States Generall; who upon their information, do Decree: and then the Decree runs thus: By the Commandment of our Lords, the States Generall of the United Provinces, upon the relation of the Councell of State, of the same Provinces. And besides the Secretary, the President (pro tempore) in the Councell, signs it.

This Councell does ordinarily meet apart, and of its own accord; but sometimes extraordinarily it joyns with the Assembly of the States Generall. When that happens, if the Generall of the Army is there, he takes place among the Deputies of the States Generall, and he takes the most honourable place, at the upper end of a long Table: and as it often happens, when the Counsellors of State are dismiss'd, he may keep his place, and assist at the other Deliberations of the States.

Now every time that this Councell meets alone, there are two Counsellors supernumerary, who have only deliberative voices, and not definitive Votes, that do assist at it. The one is the Superintendant of the Treasury; and the other is the Treasurer, or Receiver Generall himself. The first keeps account, and controuls all publick expences, though he keep not the money; the other has in his hands all the publick treasure, of which he gives good account. He is ordinarily heard after the Intendant, whose counsell they commonly ask first.

CHAP. X.

Of the Power of the States of every Province.

EAch Province has a soveraign power within it self, and may exercise all supreme jurisdiction, except such as ought to be common to all by vertue of their union. For example, that can make Laws obligatory to their Subjects; choose Magistrates; punish Criminals; coyn Money; set up Universities; make the Dividends of generall Taxes; and impose such as are necessary for the States of the Province.

Yet this is not to be so understood, as if this Soveraignty of the States, did exclude the soveraign jurisdiction, which many Towns do exercise within their Precinct: for the end of the State • being to preserve every ones liberties and priviledges, it is not to be thought they will take away any, that shall be consistent with the Government. As for example, Dort, Nimmegue, Deventer, de Camp, de Zwoll, and Gr • eningue, have many priviledges, which we shall else-where take notice of. Likewise the Countrey of Drent does exercise by its States, a royall and absolute Authority, and does commit the administration of it to its Deputies. Omland likewise has the power of imposing Taxes upon its • nhabitants, though it make up one Province▪ with Groeningue. Now here are the particular acts of Soveraignty, of which every Province▪ in particular is barr'd, and which do only belong to them all united. For they cannot

1. Undertake a new War. 2. Make Peace or Truce. 3. Lay Impositions, which concern the common Union. 4. M • ke alliance with Neighbours. 5. Set the value of Money, or make Laws concerning the publick. All these things cannot be done but by common consent.

CHAP. XI.

Of the States of Holland and Zeeland.

IN Holland and West-Friezeland the States are compos'd of two sorts of Members; viz. of the Nobles, and of the Deputies of Towns; the Nobles that are famous not only by their antient extraction, but also by the Lordships and Castles which they possess, are the chiefest: they ordinarily meet to the number of twelve or thirteen, and have the first voyce.

The Towns which send their Deputies are these, Dort, Harlem, Leyden, Amsterdam, Tergou, Rotterdam, Gorchom, Schoonhove, la Brille, Al • maer, Enchuse, Edam, Monichdam, and Purmerent. If there be any difficulty about Tributes, or if it be to declare War, or make Peace, then these following Towns are likewise assembled by D • puties, Wo • rde, Geertrudenbergue, Naerde, Muden, O • de▪ watre, Huesdam, Wesop, and Wourcom. The Deputies of Towns are ordinarily Bourgmasters, to whom is ordinarily joyn'd an Alderman or Counsellor, who is call'd a Pensioner.

The great Assembly, call'd (groot mogende) that is, Great and Mighty, is at the Hague, and is vulgarly call'd, The Assembly of the States of Holland and West-Friezeland.

Besides this Assembly which is held but from time to time, there is another ordinary Assembly, which also sits at the Hague, and is a Representative of the States of the Province, and in their absence takes care of the Treasury, and all ordinary affairs; and, if there be occasion, it convocates the Great Assembly: one Nobleman and the Deputies of Towns sit in this, and is call'd, the Counsellors Deputies of the Lords of the States of Holland and West-Friezeland: The Advocate Pensioner of Holland is the Moderator of these two Assemblies, and it is he that gathers the Votes, and performs the Office of Speaker; and eight dayes after their separation, he is bound to send to the Nobles, and to the Deputies of Towns, the deliberations and resolves made in the Assembly.

Zeeland being also govern'd by States, there are two sorts of Members, viz. the Nobles, and the Deputies of Towns; the Prince of Orange, as Marquess of Treveer and Flessingue, represents the Nobles by his Deputy in the Assemblies at Middlebourg, and has the first place.

The Towns that send their Deputies are Middlebourg, Ziriczee, Tergoes, Tertole, Flessingue, and Treveer; these States meet as often as they think fit, and in the intervals seven Deputies supply their room; one in the Name of the Prince, who represents the Nobility, and in the Name of each Town one, to whom are added the Pensioner and the Secretary.

Besides, Walachria, which is the principal Island of Zeeland, has the right of holding a particular Assembly at Middlebourg, which is ordinarily call'd, the Assembly of the States of the Isle of Walachria, and is composed of one Deputy in the Name of the Prince of Orange, and of six others; three for Middlebourg, Flessingue and Treveer, two for the rich Landowners of the Island, call'd (de breed geerfde) to whom is adjoyn'd a Secretary.

CHAP. XII.

Of the Governors of the United Provinces, untill the Year 1650.

WIlliam Prince of Orange was the first Governor General of the United Provinces; and since by the desert of this Family, this so great a charge has been continued in it, it will not be amiss to set down their Titles and Lordships here.

They are Princes of Orange, Counts of Nassaw, Catinilibogue, Viande, Diest, Lingue, Meurs, Bure, and Leerdam, &c. Marquess of Treveer and Flessingue, Lords Barons of Breda, Grave, Cuych, Diest, Grimbergue, Harental, Branendock, Warneston, Arlac, Noseroy, Saint Vite, Doesbourg, Polan, Wilemstad, Nieuward, Ysselstein, of the Fort Saint Martin Guertrude • bergue, Chasteanrenart of the two Swal • es of Naddwick, Vicounts hereditary of Antwerp and Besanson, Governors of Gueldres, Holland, Zeeland, West-Friezeland, Zutphen, Overyssel, and Generals by Sea and by Land.

This first noble Prince having been wickedly assassinated in the year 1584. brought such a consternation upon the United Provinces, that many Towns, nay some Provinces, fell back under the Spanish domination. The Earl of Meurs was Governor of Gueldres and Utrect. The Hollanders and Zeelanders chose by provision the Prince Maurice, younger son to the deceased Prince William. William Lewis Earl of Nassaw had been receiv'd General in Friezeland not long before; the Earl of Hohenlo had the conduct of the Army, and the Council of State the management of affairs.

But things were in so great a confusion, that the States m • strusting their own strength, offer'd themselves to the French; who having used them ill, they address'd themselves to 'Queen Elizabeth of England, with whom they prevailed at last to send them Robert Dudley Earl of Leicester.

He came into Holland in 1585. with so absolute a power, that no Governor before him ever had the like; for he had power to name one half of the Council of State; and because he was a credulous easie man, he suffer'd himself to be led by the Nose by some Strangers about him, who little intended the advantage of the Low-Countries; and himself being a particular Enemy to Prince Maurice and the Earl of Hohenlo, at last the hatred against him became great, and all the affections of the people and Souldiers turn'd to Maurice: the treacherous actions of Stanly and York, English Commanders who had deliver'd Deventer and Zutphen to the Spaniard, had much exasperated the States; and now a general fear began to possess the Lovers of their Countrey, least they should either be sold or oppress'd: whereupon the States of Five Provinces gave all the charge of governing to Prince Maurice, who being setled, did soon quash all jealousies and suspicions which did already make people apt to sedition and tumults.

But since our design is not to write Annals, we need not here recite all the glorious actions of Prince Maurice; it is only fit to observe, that William Lewis Earl of Nassaw, then Governor of Friezeland, and since 1550. Governor of Groningue and Omlande, was alwayes in perfect intelligence with his Cousin Maurice; and so this famous couple of the Nassavian Family advanc'd the affairs of the United Provinces conjoyntly.

Maurice died the 23. of April in the Year 1625. he was a very great Captain, and of incomparable conduct in War, and politick affairs.

Maurice being dead, and Spinola the Spanish General having then besieged Breda, a Town of great importance for the States, they presently chose Henry Frederick of Nassaw, his Brother, for General in his room, and not long after Gueldres, Holland, Zeeland, Utrect and Overyssel accepted of him for their Governor; Groningue, Omlande, and Drent, submitted to Ernest Lasimir of Nassaw, Brother to William Lewis of Nassaw, who was also Governor of Friezeland.

Prince Henry was a worthy successor to his Brothers deserts, as well as Honours, and carried himself with singular valour and prudence; his Cousin Ernest was no small help to him and the Provinces, being a most excellent Field Officer, and in that imployment he died at the siege of Ruremonde in the Year 1632.

His successor to his Governments of Friezeland, &c. was his son Prince Henry; the A • hilles of the Hollander; he was young, and by his beginnings did promise so much as might make all men wish him a longer life; but he was kill'd in the Year 1640. his very Enemies bearing witness of his noble valour; and the Friezelanders much afflicted chose his Brother William Frederick of Nassaw, who worthily supplyed his Brothers loss. Groningue, Omlande, and Drent, coming back to Henry Frederick Prince of Orange, who died likewise at the Hague in 1647. the 14th. of March, having first forced the Spaniards to make Peace.

His only son William took the Oath of Allegiance to the States the same day, as General of all their Forces both by Sea and Land.

A little after, six of the Provi 〈…〉 s chose him for their Governor, as they had promised his Father; but Friezeland alone being already provided of Prince William Frederick, made no change, but engaged that in case he should die, they would then choose the Prince of Orange. But O unexpected misfortune! just as all the Provinces were in hopes of living in a flourishing condition under the protection of this William the second, he died at the Hague in the Year 1650. and that in so short a time, that the noise of his disease did scarce fore-run the news of his death; he left the Princess his Lady with Child of a son, of whom she was brought abed eight dayes after the Princes death, who is the now Prince of Orange, whom God keep and preserve, and give him his Ancestors spirit.

CHAP. XIII.

Of the charge of Governour.

IT is a hard matter to reduce the charge of Governour under certain Heads, because hitherto the Provinces have given them such different instructions, that they have had a hand in every thing. The States General have hitherto communicated all their designs and counsils with the three Princes of Orange, that have succeeded one another; as also the President of the States General has alwayes used to wait upon his Highness before the sitting of the Company; besides, by reason of the great Estates they possess in Zeeland, and other Provinces, they enjoy peculiar Priviledges, and have in that consideration and others, many advantages which the Provinces may either amplifie or restrain at their pleasure.

But leaving all this aside, and considering barely what belongs to the Office of a Governour, we may particularly stay upon these six points.

1. The Governour General may pardon and forgive all capital crimes, that deserve death; this Prerogative is call'd (trech van pardonneren.)

2. In those Provinces that have Courts of Judicature, he is alwayes the President of them, and his Name and Titles are in the front of all their Acts and Decrees.

3. In certain places where that custom is receiv'd, he names the Magistrates, either out of a certain number proposed to him, or absolutely as he pleases. It is thus practis'd at Nimmegue; every where in Holland, except at Horne, Enchuse, Edam, and Monchenda • ; in Zeeland every where, except at Tergoes; in Utrect every where; in Friezeland the Governour does the like. This Priviledge is extended even to the nomination of (amptmans, or drostampen,) of the dignity of Patricians, or (ra • ts heers-ampten) and many other which would be too long to name here.

4. He may send Ambassadors to Foreign Princes for his own particular concerns, and give private Audience to the Ambassadors of Foreign States, that are sent to the States General.

5. It is his duty to see the States Orders executed in those Provinces in which he is Governour.

6. By the 9th. and 14th. Articles of the Union of Utrect, he is made Umpire of such contests as should arise between the Provinces, or between any Members of one Province, or even between the States and some of their Subjects; touching all which he alone can pronounce a Soveraign and definitive sentence; and if the affairs be of very great consequence, then he may joyn with him some Counsellors of State, without exception of persons; and it is expresly enjoyn'd to all parties, to acquiesce and submit to his A • bitration. We shall speak elsewhere of the other attributes of Governour, that have • elong'd to him as General by Sea and Land; for these two great charges are not, as some Strangers do, to be confounded; and he that is Governour of the Provinces, is not alwayes General of their Forces.

CHAP. XIV.

Whether or no the United Provinces can subsist without a Governour.

SInce we have numbred up the Governours of the United Provinces, and declar'd freely what is their Authority and Power, it is now fit to consider whether they are so necessary to the States, as to make them incapable of subsisting without them. Many Strangers are of opinion, that these Provinces cannot be without a Governour General; and the same opinion has taken root in the hearts of many Natives, who are not able to discern those things in the Treaty of Utrect which are essential, from those that are mutable, and may be otherwise disposed of, as the circumstances of time do vary.

But since the Soveraign Power has never been entirely resigned into the hand of any one Governour, though some have had very many of the Prorogatives belonging to it, it is evident, that they in whom the Soveraign Power remains, can perform by themselves those Offices which they are pleas'd to trust a Governour with: therefore if a Governour does nothing but by Commission, and that because of the absence of those who impower him to act for them; why shall not they, if they be present, take upon them the execution of those things that were before committed to anothers care? And though Governours be often nam'd and mention'd in the Treaty of Utrect, yet was it not intended for a Governour General, for even at that time Utrect had its particular Governour; and some years after it was govern'd by the same Governour that Holland and Zeeland was.

'Tis to as little purpose that some pretend, that it is necessary that each Province should have its particular Governour, who may in fit season prevent and calm all occasions of Civil commotions, as the Dictators did in Rome; but in vain, for who sees not but that as hitherto the way of determining those contests has been by referring them to the Governour, and some Deputies of another Province; so they may, if they please, leave out the Governour, and refer their debates to the Deputies of other Provinces alone: particularly considering, that it has been hitherto observ'd, that no Governour ever undertook the person of an Umpire, before he had consulted with the States Generall; who being above any inferiour Province, have the power of hindring the progress and encrease of any dissention.

CHAP. XV.

Of the Riches, by which the United Provinces do maintain themselves.

BY the Treaty of Union made at Utrect, it was ordained, that there should be raised an equall summe of Moneys in every Province: but experience hath taught us, that such an equality was very unjust. For, for example; is it fit that there should be no more laid upon an acre of Land in Holland, which is very rich, and yeelds twice as much as in any other place, than upon an acre in Gueldres, which is poor, and yeelds not half the revenue. The same difference is to be observ'd in all other things.

It has therefore been judg'd by common consent, more just and profitable for each Province to make a new Order every year; in which each should be taxed according to the then abilities of the said Province, and according to the publick exigencies. So for example; if there be necessity of raising 10000. pound, Holland alone shall furnish 4000. five hundred of it; Zeeland and Friezeland a 1000. a piece; Gueldres Utrect, and Groeningue, 3500. and Transisulania, or Overissell, the rest.

This order being once agreed upon, it belongs to the States of each Province, to consider how it shall be levyed: and this is the true reason why the Taxes and Imposts are so different in the Dominions of the States Generall.

These Levyes thus order'd, are not alwayes receiv'd in money, and return'd to the publick Treasury of the States Generall, but are distributed by Tallies in the Province it self, to those to whom the States do owe; which is a very wise caution; for it is certain, that money still lessens as it passes through the hands of many receivers.

2. Among these Levyes, it was thought fit from the very beginning, to give leave to all to transport certain merchandize into the neighbouring Low-Countreys, still remaining under the Spanish jurisdiction; but there was and is an impost laid upon them; for the receit of which there are Officers, and seachers upon the Frontier. But to the end this licence might be no wayes prejudiciable to the affairs of this rising Commonwealth, they forbid the transport of Arms or Ammunition, under pain of death. Yet at last when victuals and necessaries for life grew dear among their enemies, and that there was an evident advantage for the Confederates to furnish them with those things, licence was granted, and they drove such a trade with their enemies, as made themselves grow rich and powerfull.

3. There is likewise a great summe of money rais'd upon the granting of Passports, to those in the Spanish Dominions, who desire to transport themselves into the Territories of the States; for every Passport costs fifty shillings of English money. And yet lest this also should prove prejudiciall to the State, they seldome grant any to those amongst their enemies, who are either in military or politick employments: and to any others they scarce grant them for longer than the time of six moneths.

4. The Contributions that are levyed upon those Villages, and that part of the Countrey which lyes between the enemy and them, make another part of their supplyes; for these Bourghs pay as much to the States, as to the Spaniards; and there are Treasurers upon the Frontier for the receit of it.

5. The Imposts payed in the conquer'd Towns of Brabant and Flanders, make another part of their revenue; for there is excise upon Wine, and Beer, and Salt. A Tax upon Houses, and upon Lands.

6. They receive a part of the plunder made by the Souldiers upon the enemy.

7. They have hitherto had from the French and the English great summes of money, as long as they have had War with the Spaniards. The French to make diversion, did maintain in the service of the States, a body of 6000. Foot, and 2000. Horse at their own charges for many years. The serene State of Venice, in vertue of a Treaty made in 1622. did promise 4000. pound a moneth in time of War.

8. They have money at use, (that is) they keep a bank of such moneys as are lent the State by particulars, and pay use for it; five in the hundred is the use the State payes. All these great summes of money are by the Order of the States, committed to the care of a particular Councell, call'd, A General Directory for the Treasury, which is composed of the Deputies of each Province.

CHAP. XVI.

Of the principall Forces which do maintain the Commonwealth of the United Provinces.

THe greatest internall or defensive strength of these Countreys, does lye in their situation, which makes all their Towns easily to be fortified. As for the externall, it consists in their Leagues and Alliances with Foreign Princes. Let us speak first of the situation.

That situation which is advantagious for the defence of a Countrey, the exercising of commerce, and consequently growing rich, must needs proceed from the neighbourhood of the Sea, and the affluence of great Rivers and Channells; thence comes the Proverb, The Hollanders are born for the Sea, and the Sea for them: of which they are well convinc'd, and consequently spare no cost nor industry to be the masters upon this Element; having long ago graven upon their Coyn this Motto, Imperator maris est terrae Dominus. If the Spaniards had been so wise, as to have spent that treasure in hindring the Hollanders trade and navigation, that he layed out upon attaking their Countrey, he had undoubtedly ruin'd them; and he now perceives it, and does endeavour by all means, though too late, to obstruct their commerce. Besides the Sea, there are the Rivers of Rhene, Meuse, and Jud, that do make the Countrey almost inaccessible. Besides, if any enemies be taken on this side these Rivers, there is a Law which is exactly observ'd, which commands to hang them up immediately.

The strong Towns are upon the Borders, not only in Brabant, Flanders, Gueldres, and Friezeland, but also upon the Confines of Germany, as Rhinbergue, Wesel, and divers places bordering upon the Dutchy of Cleves. The reason whereof is this: the War being kindled between the Spaniards and the United Provinces, the Spaniards did first begin to seize, and put themselves in possession of the Towns of the Dutchy of Cleves, and of the Electour of Cullen, that they might the better annoy the Hollanders; who fore-seeing the mischief like to arise from thence, sent an Army, and seized as many of these Towns as they could, put Garrisons into them, and nevertheless still preserv'd the Inhabitants in all their propriety, liberty, and priviledges. Hereupon arose great contests between the Emperour the Duke of Cleves, and the Electour of Cullen on one side, and the Hollanders on the other; but the Hollanders kept possession.

Besides the Garrisons they maintain in all Frontier Towns, they have also two Magazines in each, one with Ammunition for War, the other with provisions for life.

A Governour commands the Garrison: they that command in small Frontier Towns, are call'd Commanders; and they that command in great strong Towns, are qualified Governours. And for the greater safety of the said Towns, the Keys are partly in the Governours, partly in the Bourgmasters hands. The Civill and Military powers are likewise so distinct, that the Governour has nothing to do with the Inhabitants, nor the Judges of the place any power over the Souldiers.

As for the Land-Forces, they consist of Strangers and Naturals; but the Strangers do exceed the Naturals in number, who are more enclin'd to long Voyages and Trade, than to Warre. Neither is the State endanger'd, by putting the force and military power in Stangers hands; for they being of different Nations, as English, Scotch, French, &c. have different inclinations, and aversions, and so will hardly conspire to oppress their Masters, who do alwayes mingle them in their strongest Towns.

It is believ'd, that the number of Souldiers paid by the States, and sworn to them, does come very near one hundred thousand. The Companies are for the most part of a hundred men; some few excepted, who are either stronger or weaker, as necessity requires. The Regiments are of ten, twelve, fourteen, sixteen, eighteen Companies. Each Regiment is commanded by a Collonel.

The Horse is much inferiour in number to the Foot, because that in these Countreys, the greatest employment for Souldiers is besieging and defending of Towns, in which the Horse are not so necessary, as in set Battles.

There are two sort of Horsemen distinguish'd by their Arms, viz. Cuirasseers, that wear iron breast and back-pieces; and Arquebusiers, that carry short Guns on Horseback. Their Horses ought to be sixteen handfull high, measuring from the hoof of the fore-foot, to the top of the shoulder.

The Infantry has about four shillings and six pence a week pay; and the Horse about fifty shillings a moneth. They that are payed by the States money, are soon and exactly payed, but they whose payment is assign'd upon the money that comes from France, wait a little longer for it.

It is very observable in these Provinces, that though there be no Money in the Treasury, yet the Souldiers receive their pay every week or moneth; for every Regiment chooses an Agitatour, who resides near the States to sollicite the payment of those he represents; and when there is no Money in the publick Treasury, he may confidently, and does borrow and take up Money for the present necessity; and it is repaid him again with interest by the States order.

The hopes of the great profit there is to be made, engages these Sollicitors to do thus; for when they advance their Money, it is at the rate of 10 per Cent. gains, which they t •• e upon the arrears which the State owes to the Officers. But this produces another inconvenience, which is, that the Officer being forc'd to give so much to the Sollicitor out of his pay, endeavours to recover it again upon the States, and musters more men in his Company than he really pays. Besides their pay, the Souldiers have likewise their Lodging free, and the States do pay to the Inhabitants of all Towns upon that score, six pence a week for each Souldier they lodge, and this is call'd Service-Money.

If the Enemies besiege a Town, and that the Money laid up in it for the paying of the Souldiery come to fail, they make Money of Tin, Brass, Leather, or Pastboard; which the Magistrates set a price upon, and such a one as exceeds very much the price of the matter of which such Money is made. In the mean time the Souldiers take it freely; for the siege being raised, or the Town yielded up, there comes a Treasurer who gives them currant Money for their other.

All sorts of Provisions that are brought to the Armies, are free from all Imposts and Tributes, in favour of the Souldiers. In the siege of Towns the Souldiers have likewise gratuity given them, some Provisions for their diet out of the publick Magazines.

The Souldiers and inferiour Officers being made Prisoners, are at liberty in paying their ransom, which by agreement between the States and the Spaniards, is a moneths pay of the Prisoners. The Inhabitants or Citizens are not so mildly dealt withall, for they are constrained to pay whatsoever the Enemy demands, or to rot in Prison, till there be a general exchange made of Prisoners, which is once or twice a year. The Women and Children under twelve years old are not to be taken.

So much for the Forces in ordinary; In extraordinary dangers there are extraordinary Forces rais'd, which they call Waertgelders; to encourage them the more the States do promise them Ten pence a day: but because that many, in hopes of so great a pay, do forsake the ordinary Companies, and take imployment in these new ones, it has been often thought fit to command out, instead of these Waertgelders, the Trainbands of every Town, and to mingle with them some old Souldiers, and so make them fit for service.

Every Souldier as well in the Army as in Garrison, is subject to the Jurisdiction of a Council of War; which is compos'd in the Field, of the General, and some high Officers; and in a Garrison, of the Governour and his Captains; they judge according to the Articles of the Formulary prescribed and printed by the States order.

The pay of Souldiers on Ship board is 12 s. and 6 d. a moneth, besides which they have their diet, which he that commands the Ship is bound to find them, and receives from the States 6 d. a day for each man.

At Sea there is no such custom as the ransom at Land; nay at first all Prisoners were bound hand and feet, and thrown over-board; but because so great a cruelty displeased both Spaniards and Hollanders, they agreed there should be quarter given, but not at such easie rates as at Land. The Spaniards reason for this his so great a severity, was that he might deterr the Hollanders from venturing to Sea; but it produced only this, that it made them defend their Ships with more courage and successe than before. Ostend and Dunkirk were the places from whence they made most incursions upon the Hollanders, which made them every year put a Fleet to Sea, and come and besiege the Ports of these two Towns.

CHAP. XVII.

Of the Alliances of the United Provinces with Foreign Princes.

THe external Forces of the United Provinces are their Alliances, which they maintain either by their Ambassadors, or by their Agents. They allow their Ambassadors ordinarily a thousand pound; only he that is in this quality at Constantinople is allowed more, that he may maintain the glory of his Nation to the eyes of that ambitious people. Let us consider these Alliances one after another.

With the Emperor of Germany there is no Alliance, but only a Friendship, observ'd since these many years in appearance, though not in reality; for the Emperor has often sent great succours to the Spaniards under-hand, and the Hollanders have done the same to the Princes of France and Germany. Yet the Emperor has by divers Embassies press'd the United Provinces to declare themselves Members of the Empire, as their Princes were formerly; writing to them in the stile of Faithfull and Well-beloved.

But the States have been so far from consenting to such a Proposition, that they have often order'd that such Letters should be sent back again to the Emperor, without being opened; saying, that theirs was a free absolute State, which had never yielded to pay homage to any Prince. In the mean time, there passes between them all Commerce and offices of Friendship.

There was likewise a League and Union made between the United Provinces, and the Princes of Germany, to protect them from the oppression which threatned them from the great Power the Emperor was got into; and in this they did nothing but what the care of their Liberty did force them to, for had those Princes been over-power'd, the Low-Countries might have feared the same fate.

Above two hundred years ago there was an Alliance between the Anseatic Towns, and the Low-Countries; and there happening to be amongst the United Provinces some of these Towns, as Amsterdam, Middlebourg, Dort, which now make a part of the Commonwealth, it was thought fit to renew the Alliance, which was accordingly done in 1614. by a new Treaty, in which the States oblige themselves to maintain the Rights and Priviledges of the said Anseatic Towns. This the Emperor took so ill, that he endeavour'd to make those Anseatic Towns that were in the Empire, liable to the crimes of Treason and Rebellion against his Imperial Majesty; but by their Ambassadors they proved, that time out of mind they had the right and priviledge of making such Alliances.

The Treaty of Alliance made formerly with the King of Denmark, concerns nothing but a reciprocal liberty for Traffick, and Commerce; and yet these States have often been forc'd to complain to their Ambassadors, of the excessive Rates and Customs they did pay in passing the Sound. But the necessity they stand in of venting their Commodities, makes them undergo this hardship, and has produced of late a more strict Alliance for the maintaining of Trade.

They are likewise in Friendship with the King and Commonwealth of Poland, particularly for the great quantities of Corn that come from thence; though the Imposts be there likewise very high, and such as have often made the Hollanders think of changing their Market, and buying in Muscovy; which they would have compass'd by this means: The Countrey people in Muscovy are such slaves, their Duke being the Proprietary of all their Lands, that they never trouble themselves to plough or sow more Land, than just as much as will make such a product, as can find them and their Families food. Thence it happens, that huge Fields of good ground lie wast. Now the Hotlanders design was, to perswade the Duke of Muscovy to force his Subjects to Till more ground, and so he would be able to drive a great Trade; and to further this, they offer'd to leave Overseers that should direct the work. While this was a treating, the Poles fearing the consequence, bated their Imposts and Customs, and so things remain as they were.

In the Year 1615. there was a Treaty made likewise with the King of Swedeland, and Traffick was the ground of it. A little before the said King fell upon Germany, the amity was renewed, and it was agreed, that the United Provinces should give the said King 400. pound a moneth as long as the War should last between him and the House of Austria; but since these few years, the succour that has been given to the Dan •• , and the interruption of Trade in that Kings Dominions, have almost chang'd this Friendship into War.

There has been likewise a very good Treaty for Trade, made with the Duke of Muscovy, where, mongst other things, liberty is granted to levy Souldiers here in his Name, and to transport Ammunition for War into his Dominions.

Trade has also made the States make Treaties with the Emperor of the Turks, the Sophy of Persia, and the Pirates of Thunis and Algier.

In Italy the States have no Alliance, but with the Venetians; which is yet maintain'd for the Honour of these two Commonwealths, which are the only flourishing ones in Europe; and for certain reasons the Venetians do give five hundred pound a moneth to the Hollanders, towards the maintenance of the War with the Spaniards; as also the Hollanders have promis'd the like succour to Venice, if it should be attaqued by the Spaniard.

In the first birth of the Commonwealth, there was a most advantagious Treaty made with the English, under the reign of Queen Elizabeth, who maintain'd this reeling State by the succours of Men, and great sums of Money, which she sent over to them; though in such a way, that the Hollanders were bound to respect her as if they had been her Subjects. Now that the Peace is made with the Spaniards, there remains nothing of this Alliance, but the liberty of Trade and Commerce, and the use of the English Ports.

There has been likewise many Treaties with the King of France, and the States of the United Provinces have receiv'd from him great sums of Money towards the carrying on of the War.

CHAP. XVIII.

Of the Admiralty, and care that is taken to maintain a Sea-strength.

SInce it is true, that a State is maintain'd by those means by which it is first acquir'd, the United Provinces ought not to neglect their Maritine affairs, because they have and do really get all their subsistance out of the Sea.

This Sea-strength consists in a number of Men of War, par • whereof belong to the States, and part to particular men, and are call'd Privateers. The first are set out at the charges of the publick; the other borrow only the States Banner and Commission, though to encourage them the States have propos'd to them a set price, according to the value of the thing they take from the Enemy.

The Men of War of the States, serve to convoy Merchant-men to and fro, and preserve them from danger of Pirates and Enemies.

The Privateers are most imployed to give chase to, and take the rich India Ships of the Spaniards coming from the West-Indies.

The High Admiral, who at present is the Governour General of the States, commands over all Ships of War, but he seldom goes in person, because his presence is necessary at home; his room is supplyed by a Vice-Admiral.

The Great Council, call'd the States G • neral, being as well oblig'd to look after the Maritine affairs, as the Land business; and yet finding themselves over-burden'd with business, they have discharg'd that care, by choosing some others to compose a Body or Council, which shall order all Sea-affairs in the Name of the States.

There are divers of these Assemblies, and particularly in those three Provinces which are near the Sea, viz. in Holland, at Amsterdam, Roterdam, and Horne, this last is sometimes transported to Enchusen, which is a Town of North-Holland; in Zeeland, at Middlebourg; and in Friezeland, formerly at Do • cum, but is now transported to Harlingue.

Each of these Assemblies consists of seven Counsellors or Senators, who being chosen by the Members of each Province, are delegated and impower'd by the States General; they have a Secretary and a Treasurer.

The Governour General is the head of all these Assemblies, as High Admiral; the Vice-Admiral represents him in his absence; these Deputies did formerly use to meet at the Hague twice a year, and do still meet there, when the affairs require a conjoynt deliberation with the States, about the necessary means of securing the Sea, and furthering Commerce.

They have a Treasury particular to themselves, and the Money which is in it, is gather'd from the Money that their own Merchants and Strangers pay for Convoys; and likewise from the Imposts laid upon Commodities, that are transported from one Harbour to another. There is likewise brought into this Treasury all the Money that is rais'd by giving licenses to transport Commodities to the Enemies.

The Deputies of these Assemblies are bound to give an account every quarter, of all their expences and receipts, to the Commissioners from the States General.

They have also the power of naming Captains to the Men of War, but then the Admiral chooses out of those that they have nam'd. In a word, their charge is so to secure the Sea, as there be no interruption neither from Pirates nor Enemies of any other sort, in Trade and Navigation; to judge and determine all causes between Seamen and Officers, and that Soveraignly and without appeal; provided the summe in dispute exceed not fifty pounds; observing exactly all brevity and expedition, not suffering long harangues in any Cause, or giving leave to the parties to reply more than once or twice, and that because ordinarily Sea people have occasion of departing upon long Voyages, and cannot come again suddenly.

Last of all, it belongs to them to see that the States be payed their proportion of what is taken. The fifth part of all prizes belongs to them; the tenth to the Amirall; and the rest to those that have set out the Privateer; as also to the Captain and Sea-men. This is only to be understood of Privateers.

CHAP. XIX.

Of the particular Government of the Towns in Holland.

VVE have seen hitherto what is the Government of the whole Body of the United Provinces: now we may descend to the particular Towns.

The Towns are govern'd by a Bailif, a Senate, or Councill, by Bourgmasters, or Consuls, and by Aldermen.

There is but one Bailif in each Town, who to say true has no power of himself to pronounce judgement; but in criminal Causes he is as it were an Attourney-Generall, and manages accusations against offenders in the name of the States. This is done before the Aldermen, who have power to examine the heads of the accusation, and to pronounce sentence. The Bailifs have no Sallary, and all the profit of their places rises from the Fines that are lay'd upon the guilty.

The Senate, and the greatest, is that which is call'd (Den breeden ra • d • or De Vroedschap) in most Towns, as at Leyden, it is compos'd of about fourty persons, according to the number of the richest Citizens, more or less. The ancient Laws admit none to be of this Senate, but such as are of the richer sort. This Assembly seldome meets, but upon the occasion of choosing new Magistrates; as also when the States of the Province are to meet, then the heads of the Deliberations are examin'd in this Senate before-hand. They do also controle and correct their Bourgmasters, and Aldermen, if in the Assembly of the States they chance to go beyond their Commission. And to the end they may do it without fear, it has been ordain'd by our wise Ancestours, that the charge of Senatour should be perpetuall, that so they may not fear to be persecuted, for what they shall do in the defence of the publick liberty.

The Bourgmasters and Aldermen are chosen from amongst these Senatours, by the plurality of voices.

In some places there are four Bourgmasters, and in some there are but two. Their Office is to determine all that concerns the good order of the Town; as also to inform themselves of all the fallings out of the Citizens, and bring them either by themselves, or others, to an agreement: which if they cannot compass, then their duty is to cite them before the Aldermen. They meet in a common Chamber, and give audience to all Inhabitants without distinction.

In some places there are seven Aldermen, in others nine; They are the Judges of the Town who meet three or four set times a week, and determine all civill Causes between the Inhabitants, and judge all crimes propos'd by the Bailif. For the first cognizance of the Cause belongs to the Judge of the place, where he that is cited dwells. Except they be priviledged Causes, the Towns judge of no greater summe than five pounds, and the Bourghs of thirty shillings; though in very great Cities they may judge as far as thirty pound. The appeal is first to the Court of the Province, and then to the great Councill, where there is a double number of Judges; they that are cast are fin'd for having appeal'd without reason. In the Court of the Province the Fine is three pound ten shillings; in the great Councill, of six pound; and when the Process is re-viewed, if the sentence be confirm'd, the Fine is of twenty pound.

As for criminall Causes, the Judges are absolute, and there is no appeal from them, neither in the Villages, nor in the Towns; except the Bailif require that the criminall should undergo a severer punishment, and then the accused has liberty to defend himself.

There are two sort of Laws in Holland; the first sort is the Customes, Priviledges, and Constitutions of the Countrey, and former Princes, and of the States. The second is the Roman Law, call'd the Civill Law.

Moreover, that the course of justice be not retarded, nor the Judges time taken up in petty businesses, there are chosen by the Aldermen, a certain number of the richer sort of Citizens, who are call'd Commissaries of small Causes. These take cognizance of all Causes that are not above five pound; as also of all Actions for reparation of Honour; and of the Differences between Masters and Servants, and such like. An Alderman presides ordinarily in this Assembly, and is ordinarily a good Civilian.

There is also in the Senate, or Town-House, and in the Colledge of the Bourgmasters, one who is call'd a Syndi • , or Pensioner, who ought to be eloquent and learn'd, as being the Speaker of the whole Town, or Corporation, in their most important affairs.

CHAP. XX.

Of the Tributes and Imposts; of how many sorts they are; and of the manner of levying them in Holland.

SInce as Tacitus sayes, there is no War without pay, nor no pay without tributes, and that that is the particular case of the United Provinces, who have been long in War, to which they have all contributed their share; it is fit to consider of the wayes they use to levy them.

There are two sorts of Tributes; the ordinary, and the extraordinary. The ordinary, which being once granted, are alwayes continued; the extraordinary, which are levied but for some certain time, and are then left off.

There are three sorts of extraordinary Tributes; viz. the Tribute by Head, or Pole-money; the Chimney-money, and the Land Taxes.

The Pole-money is so levied, that the State has twenty pence for every Head; they that are extream poor are freed from this Tribute. To my remembrance this was never practis'd but once, and then too there was great murmuring, and many refus'd to pay.

The Chimney-money is that Tribute, which is paid for every Chimney or Hearth, which is twenty pence; and in this the Hollanders have imitated the Spaniards in the Kingdome of Naples.

The third Tribute, call'd a Land Taxe, may be properly call'd the two hundredth penny, for out of two hundred pound a year, for example, is paid one pound to the States. So out of four hundred, two pounds, or fourty shillings.

To this may be objected, that it is a very hard thing, if not impossible, for the perfect knowledge of the true value of mens Estates to be had. It is answer'd, that the Magistrate does take his measure from the publick voice, and the generall report, that any man has to have such and such revenues. And because in this there is room for a mistake, the Law gives any man leave to complain of the greatness of his Taxe; and if he will take his Oath he is not worth so much as the world values his Estate at, his Taxe shall be moderated.

As for the ordinary Tributes, the chief are these following.

1. The Tribute from Salt, call'd in Dutch (Sonte geldt) it is levied after this manner: The Magistrate of the Town visits each Family, and reckons every head of it; then they guess at the quantity of Salt that they may reasonably be thought to spend in one year; and thereupon they exact from them a summe of money, proportionable to the quantity of Salt they are to have. And in some Towns they set a price upon the measure of Salt, high or low, as they please.

2. The Excise upon Beer, which all the Citizens pay without distinction, comes to twenty pence a Barrell; except the small Beer, which is not worth above half a Crown a Barrell, paies nothing.

3. Another Excise upon Beer, paid only by Brewers, which comes to twelve pence a Barrell. Besides, all Seamen, Marriners, and Merchants, pay Excise for all English and German Beer they bring in.

4. The Victuallers, and those that sell Beer, pay other twenty pence for every Barrell.

5. Every Hogshead of Vinegar paies nine shillings.

6. The Impost upon French Wines mounts to six pence upon every Stoop. Rhenish and Spanish Wines pay twelve pence a Stoop. Brandyes of Wine pay ten pence. Of Beer, five pence.

7. Butter payes six shillings a Barrell, which contains three hundred and twenty pound. And for the little Barrells, call'd (Kops tuchen) there is paid a Farthing a piece.

8. A piece of Oyl paies six shillings; if▪ Fish. Oyl then four shillings and six pence.

9. Candles of Wax, and Tallow, pay ten pence a hundred weight.

10. The Impost of round measures, is that money which is paid for all those commodities that are measur'd in round measures, as Corn, Seeds, Salt, Lime, &c. And the Merchants that buy great quantities, do nevertheless pay this Impost.

11. Turfs for fewell pay a penny half-penny a Tun; and Coals from England and Scotland pay thirty shillings for every hundred Tun. The Coals burnt in the light Houses pay nothing.

12. The Impost upon hard merchandizes, as five pence for every hundred of Lead; three half-pence for every thousand of Lime-Stones.

13. For Wood to burn is paid the eight part of what it costs.

14. Silk and gold Stuffs pay, of twelve pence, one, in every Yard or Ell.

15. Woollen Cloths pay thus; every piece of English Cloth not being yet dyed, payes three pound, if the said piece be worth sixteen Florins of Flanders, that is nine pound, or thereabouts. Every piece worth twelve pound payes four pound, &c. Hangings and other Houshold-stuff pay one penny in nine of what they are worth. The way of prising Merchandize is to ask the Merchant himself, what he values it at; if he undervalue it to save Custom, then the Master of the Custom-house may take it, and pay to the Merchant the price he values it at.

16. The Impost upon all Corn that is ground in the Mills in Holland, which every body payes without exception, comes to five pound, one crown, and twelve pence for every quarter of Wheat; to half as much for the quarter of Rye; to five and thirty shillings for Barley and Oates.

17. The Impost upon all Cattle, Sheep, or Hogs that are kill'd, comes to one penny in seven of the money they are sold for.

18. There is also three pence a moneth paid for every Horn'd Beast above three years old; as also two pence a moneth for every Horse above three years old.

19. The Imposts upon Herrings and Salt-Fish, brought to the Citizens houses to sell, comes to twenty pence a Pannier.

20. The retail Fishmonger payes for S • urgeons and Salmons the 9th. penny of what they cost.

21. Tobacco payes 10 pence a pound; the Barrel of Soap 11 shillings; every Barrel of Pitch 16 pence.

22. Every Chariot and little Bark payes 20 pence a year; every Coach payes 10 shillings a year.

23. All Farms and Rack Rents pay the 16th. penny of the value they yield yearly; and those Lands that the Proprietary keeps in his own hand, are valued and estimated by the Magistrate.

24. All Lands that are sowed with any sort of Grain whatsoever, or whatsoever Trees they are planted with, pay 4 pence half-penny an acre, reckoning from the moneth they were sowed or planted, to the moneth that the recolt is made in.

25. Every house payes about the 8th. part of the Rent it is let for; as if for 48 pound a year, it payes 6 pound to the States; but because the Rent of houses is subject to rise or fall, the Magistrate sets a constant price upon them, according to their bigness and conveniency.

26. The Tribute for Servants and Maids comes to 20 pence a head, which every Master or Mistress is bound to pay for them.

27. The Impost upon all Immovables that are sold, under which title great Ships are comprehended, comes to the 40th. penny, that is out of the price of the thing sold the State has the 40th. part, which is a very considerable tax, for there is no place in the World where Immovables alter their property so often as in Holland, it being a Proverb of Leyden, that every three year half of the Town is sold or alienated.

28. The Tribute due for the Great and Little Seals, is a groat for every sheet of paper where the Great Seal is applyed, to two pence where the Little. To understand the greatness of this Tribute, the Reader must know that the States of Holland have ordain'd, for no other end than for this, that no Wills, Contracts, or any sort of Writings that shall be produc'd before the Judges, shall be written in any other paper than that which is sealed by the States, else they shall be void; and hereupon they thought fit to have two Seals, one for businesses of small importance, and a great one for important affairs.

There are many other sorts of Tributes, which it would be too long to relate; besides, they have all been publish'd together by the States order. Now let us consider the wayes of levying these Tributes, which that we may the better do, let us consider those deliberations and opinions touching this matter, which were had when it was first debated.

The Proposition of finding a way of raising these Revenues being made, some were of opinion to give Authority to the Magistrates of Towns, or to some persons whom the State should pay to gather these Taxes, and be accomptable for them; thinking it neither safe nor profitable for the States to farm them out. And here are the Reasons they relyed upon.

1. Because publick persons, and particularly Magistrates, have a greater Authority with them, and so are fitter to keep the people more in awe.

2. Because many of these Revenues, as the Excise upon Beer for example, could not be fixed and certain; for sometimes one Town consumes more one year than another, so that there could be no measures taken with Farmers.

3. They represented, that it was dangerous to trust in Subjects hands the publick Revenue; for what if the Farmers should play the Knaves and break, and hereupon they concluded that Farmers were not fit men.

Some of a quite contrary opinion did maintain, that there were certain Imposts which ought to be Farm'd out for so much a year; adding, that the Impositions were laid upon two sorts of things, upon stable and constant ones, as Houses and Lands which remain, and whose number and value were easily known; and upon uncertain ones, as the consumption of Wine and Beer, &c. The first sort they allow'd to be rais'd by Magistrates, the other they desir'd to Farm out, and that for divers Reasons.

1. Because the people do by all arts and cheats endeavour to avoid the paying of these Excises; that the Farmers for their own concern would be very exact and quick-sighted in the discovery of such frauds.

2. These Farmers would have power enough, for they would be backed by the Civil power.

3. That it was of consequence for a State to know precisely its Revenues; which could not be if they were not farm'd and stated. That without this the State could not know how to frame designs, nor what to trust to in the execution of them. That thus doing, that is, by Farming, the State would come to a better knowledge of its true Revenue; for by enhancing of it every year, they would at last raise it to the utmost. That it would be expedient to Farm these Incomes to Citizens, only for one year, that so the condition of many Citizens would be better'd, and they enabled to offer more to the Commonwealth.

4. Lastly, that there was no fear of their breaking, for they would require from the Farmer such security as should secure the publick; besides, that they might be order'd to bring in every moneth a part of the money.

This opinion was followed, and this way of proceeding is observed to this day; and this is the way they take of Farming them out.

The States by Proclamation publish, that such a day such Revenues are to be Farm'd, and that they will let those have them that shall bid highest. He that obtains it, gives security immediately, and such as the State may lay hold on if he fail.

There has been two things invented by the Farmers to hinder fraud, and stealing of Custome and Excise; the one is, that all Porters do take every year an Oath, to carry no Merchandize whatsoever into any Citizens house, without giving notice to the Farmer, and taking a Pass from him. The second, that they that are once discovered to have cheated the Farmers, are soundly fin'd, because that faults that may be easily committed, and which are very profitable to the offenders, cannot probably be hindred but by rigorous penalties.

CHAP. XXI.

Of the East and West-India Companies.

THis methinks is a fit occasion to speak of these powerfull Corporations; for they do make a great part of the strength of these Nations, and are a source of riches to them.

These Companies are Assemblies of particular Merchants, establish'd and confirm'd by Authority in their Union. By which power they may, to the exclusion of all others, raise Souldiers at their own charges; make Leagues and Alliances with the Indian Princes; and to bring home certain Commodities from the Indies, which none other must vent but they.

Two things particularly were the cause of this Enterprize, of sayling to the Indies: the one was the strict prohibitions of the King of Spain, forbidding the Hollanders all Trade and Commerce into Spain, the only place from which those Indian Merchandizes could be fetched. The other was the unreasonable Rates that the Spanish Merchants did then sell their Wares at; with the exorbitant Customes that Strangers who traded with them, were forced to pay. Insomuch that Spain was become the only Magazine and Bank of riches in Europe, having assembled all the treasures of the richest part of the world, whereby they might subdue the rest.

There happened at this very time another accident, which much contributed to the framing of this design. One Cornelius Houtman a Hollander, having divers years faithfully serv'd the Spaniards and Portuguesses, in their navigation to the Indies, was at last taken prisoner by the Negroes, and not like to come out of captivity, except he could pay a ransome far beyond his riches and power: he in this strait implor'd the help of some Merchants of Amsterdam, who redeem'd him, upon condition that he should reveal to them all the secret and profit of the Spaniards navigation to the Indies. By this means it came to be known, that their gain was for every five or six pound, a hundred.

One only thing did seem then most to oppose the Hollanders design, and that was, that it was with some regret, that they did see that the Venetians Trade would now fall to the ground. For whereas hitherto they had receiv'd the Merchandizes of the Indies by Persia, and so over-land to the Grand Caire, and did then furnish the rest of Europe with them; it was easie to foresee, that the Hollanders would be able to perform this Voyage by Sea with less cost. But self-love, together with the desire of being reveng'd of the Spaniard, prevail'd against this obstacle. But let us consider the first rise of this Company.

The first Company or Association of Merchants, (for at first they were not authorized, as they now are by the States) chose for Curators or Directors, these following; Henry Hudd, Reynier Paw, Charles de Oude, Jean Poppey, Henry Duick, Theodore de Os, Silvard Petrisein, and Arnould ten Grooten Huyle.

These considering that the way by the Glaciall Sea, though the shorter by 2000. leagues, and the safer from enemies, was nevertheless the more dangerous, because they were not sure of a passage; fitted out four Ships, and sent them by the ordinary way, under the conduct of Cornelius Houtman, in the year 1595. But being return'd two years and four moneths after, with much less profit than was expected, that did not hinder them from setting out a new Fleet. And as they were busie about it, they had notice that some other Merchants of Amsterdam had the same design; whereupon they propos'd to them to joyn their purses, which they did, and made up a Fleet of eight Ships, under the conduct of James van Neck.

At the same time there was fram'd a company at Rotterdam, who undertook the way to the Indies by the Straight of Magellan, and the South-Sea; James Mahu undertook the Voyage.

But before that the Fleet of eight Sail could be come back, the same Associates sent out three more; and a little after return'd back four of the eight that had been sent first, with a very considerable lading, and much to the advantage of the Adventurers. The noise of the great gains to be made this way, made some other Merchants, for the most part Brabancons, compose another Company, call'd the Brabant Company, and in the year 1599. this Company sent four Ships, to which the first Company added four more.

The Spaniards in the mean time considering the great progress of these new Enterprizes, and fore-seeing the ruine of their rich Trade by them, resolv'd to use all possible means to crush them while they were yet in their birth. Whereupon they fitted out a Fleet of thirteen strong men of War, who meeting with five Hollanders, engaged them, but were at last constrain'd to fly, and yeeld the Hollanders the victory. This check making the Spaniard sensible that strength and open force were not like to prevail, they went another way to work, and employed the Portuguesses, whose interest was very strong with most of the Indian peoples and Princes: they endeavoured by all means to make the Dutch so odious to those Nations, that they should abstain from all Trade and Commerce with them, representing them as Pirates and Rebels to their King. But the States Generall being inform'd of this hard measure given them by the Portuguesses, gave order to all their Subjects, to assault and take all Ships that should any wayes strive to oppose their navigation to the Indies.

Thus they struggled pretty well with this great obstacle. But the Merchants themselves being divided into different Companies, and not acting all unanimously, did spoil one anothers Trade; for either they would all come to one Port of the Indies, and so enhance the price of the Natives Commodity, and debase their own, or commit some other errour, which made most of their Ships return with much less profit than might have been otherwise expected. The States considering these inconveniencies, resolv'd to make up one certain Company of all the different Adventurers that would come in, and to grant to them alone the priviledge of trading to the Indies, under certain Conditions. This Order of the States being publish'd, many out of hopes of gain, others out of love to their Countrey, put in different summes, which all together made up six hundred thousand pound, the first stock upon which this Company has built its prodigious Encrease.

All those that had conributed were call'd Partners, in Dutch (Participanten) because they had part in all the profit and loss of the Company.

But all those that had contributed more than six hundred pound, were call'd head-Partners, (hooft-Participanten) and out of these alone were, and are to this day, chosen the Curators or Directors of the Company, with a very large power.

All these head-Partners together, have the priviledge of naming out of their own number, the Curators, and then in some places the States of the Province, in others the Magistrates of Towns are to choose them out of those that are nam'd.

The Curators are bound to give an account of all incomes and expences, once a year to the head-Partners. They manage all the business of the Company, and are continued in their employment all their life-time, or at least for one and twenty years. They hold their Assemblies in the most convenient places of each Province, and their Assemblies are call'd Chambers.

In each of these Chambers, there are a set number of Curators; at Amsterdam there are twenty; in Zeeland twelve; upon the Meuse fourteen; and fourteen in West-Friezeland.

Besides these ordinary Assemblies, there are setled in each Province some extraordinary ones, upon occasion, to which the Chambers send their Deputies, and all the Chambers of that Province are bound to stand to the Deliberations of this that is made up of them all. This Chamber is setled at Amsterdam for Holland, and at Middlebourg for Zeeland.

This extraordinary Assembly consists of seventeen Deputies, call'd (de Vergaderinge van Seventien.) Each Chamber knows the number of Deputies that it must send to this Assembly, some more and some less, proportionably still to the first money that they put in.

This is the form of Government that this Company lives under within the States Territories; and amongst all its Constitutions this is the principall, that the Curators shall employ with all care and speed the summes that shall be furnish'd to them, for the setting out of a strong Fleet well arm'd, to drive the Portuguesses and Spaniards out of those Forts and strong places which they hold; and in buying those Manufactures and Wares which we exchange with the Indians, giving a yearly account of their receits and expences; that out of the product something may still be layed aside, whereby to confirm and advance the Companies Trade and Settlement in those parts; that the rest shall be equally distributed to all the sharers, to every one according to the proportion of the money first put in by them. And this Distribution is commonly call'd Uytde • linge.

This noble establishment thus begun, fail'd not of a very happy success; for now all interests being united as well as strengths, the work was carried on unanimously: and by the exchange of some things, (of small value with us) as Looking-Glasses, Feathers, Chrystall, and Glass Rings, Bracelets, Babies, and other such bables, made at Nurembergue in Germany, the Company receiv'd from the silly Indians, Silk, Stuffs, Pearls, all sorts of aromatick Druggs, of great value, and things of that nature. To this adde, the taking of divers strong places and Forts from the Portuguesses and Spaniards, who at first little dreamed of being invaded so far off, by those whom they thought they did put so much to it at home.

By these means, in six years time, viz. from the year 1602. to the year 1608. the Company came to see their capitall summe of six hundred thousand pound, encreas'd to almost three millions of English money, besides all the gain that had been distributed among the partners. And besides, their Conquests are such, and their Dominions so enlarged in the Indies, that they have under their power or protection divers great Kingdomes and Countreys; besides many others who have granted to them alone, exclusively to the Spaniards and Portuguesses, the liberty of Trade amongst them.

Things being brought to this flourishing condition, it was thought fit to lay the foundation of a new Commonwealth; and for this purpose they chose a Town which they call'd Batavia, which is so well fortified and encompass'd with a strong Wall of Bricks, that it was able these late years, to hold out before all the Forces of the great Emperour of Java, who besieged it with an Army of two hundred thousand men.

It was order'd that the Governour General of the Indies for the Company, should here reside, and keep a Royal Court; where he enjoyes the same power that the Governour General does in Holland; he keeps a greater equipage, and marches with more state than some Kings of Europe, that he may the more be respected by his own Subjects, and the barbarous Nations round about. At first this dignity was for life, but because it seem'd dangerous to let so much power reside in one man so long, it was resolv'd to follow the Spaniards custom, and limit the time of their Government to three years.

In this Town are likewise establish'd two Soveraign Courts, in one whereof fits the Governour with his Associates, to treat of the publick affairs of the Society, as Peace, War, Alliances, Trade, &c. the other is a Court of Justice, where causes are tryed between particular men.

Besides this, there are in all Provinces and Islands depending upon the Company, two Soveraign Magistrates; one of which commands the Militia, which is quarter'd in different places, to be in a readiness to keep the Natives down; and the other has the care of all that concerns Trade; and to the end that they may not behave themselves dishonestly, there are adjoyn'd to them certain Officers call'd Censours, who keep a Register of all Occurrences, and give account of them every quarter to the Governour and his Council. Out of these Registers the Council picks the condition and posture of the Companies affairs, and having drawn it up, sends it into Holland; and the Curatours thereby know how to govern themselves in their supplyes.

At the same time there was some project made for the better multiplying of this Colony, that so at last they might equal the Indians in number, and not need to drain Europe every year for men. To further this, they built a publick house, in which were maintain'd at the publick charge great numbers of young Maids, brought from Holland; and the Souldiers and Seamen had liberty to make their addresses and marry them. But this did not succeed, for it was found by experience that the children born of Dutch Parents in the Indies, were not so lusty nor so long liv'd as those that were born of a Dutch Father and an Indian Mother.

The Trade to the Indies is driven with ready money, or with Exchange; the Japponeses take ready money; all the Indians exchange their Commodities for ours, which at first were of so small a value, and theirs so rich, that for every five pounds worth of ours, we had a hundred pounds worth of theirs. Some of these Nations have given to the Hollanders alone, the priviledge of Trading with them; for example, they alone can buy Pepper, and by consequence set what price they please upon that Commodity.

Every year in certain seasons the Fleets set sail for Holland, and every year new Fleets go from Holland for the Indies. The Merchandizes brought from India to Holland, are publickly exposed to sale, and the money produced, distributed among the Sharers; so for a hundred pound which a particular man▪ shall have put into the common stock, he shall have rarely twenty, sometimes thirty, and most commonly fourty pound profit; so that the annual rent comes almost to half the Capital.

This distribution is made either in Money, or Merchandize; the truth is, that heretofore they did seldom use to deliver out any Merchandize, but of late some Nations of Europe having gone about to set up the same Trade to the Indies, the Hollanders to discourage and break them at their first beginings, did think fit to make a distribution of Merchandize. Whereupon there coming abroad at once so much, the price of all could not choose but fall, and so make these Strangers not able to afford them at such easie rates. 'Tis true, that this did the Company themselves much prejudice, but still it was a less loss to them, for the greatest mischief that can befall them, is that other Nations find the way to the Indies.

There is besides, this considerable advantage, that all the Sharers do not only make a vast interest of their money, but their Capital encreases every day, as the Companies stock encreases. So if he that has put in at first 400 pound, will sell (which they seldom do) his right to another, he will without difficulty get 1800 pound for it; and it is to be hoped, that at last the very annual distributions will be worth the Capital every year.

Some years ago the Company of the West-Indies was establish'd after the same model; and a purpose to cross its settlement, the King of Spain demanded a Truce of twelve years from the States; one of the Articles of which was, that the Hollanders should undertake no Navigation to the West-Indies: he obtain'd it, and all that while the design was crush'd; but shortly after the Truce expir'd, it was again set a foot with more eagerness.

The Capital of this Company was seven hundred thousand pound, and the Curatours having set out a brave Fleet, the Town of St. Sauveur, otherwise call'd baia de todos los Santos, was carried and taken from the Spaniards; but shortly after it was unfortunately lost again. In the mean time, the booty made by taking and plundering the Spaniards and Portugu • ses Ships was so rich, that the Sharers of the Company receiv'd five and twenty per Cent. at the first distribution. A little after the Spaniards Silver Fleet, valued at twelve hundred thousand pound, having been taken, the Sharers had half their Capital refunded to them; but experience soon made appear, that in this the Curatours were rather prodigal than liberal, because that the Company having then no setled establishment in the West-Indies, it had been better to have imployed that money towards a further confirmation of their affairs, particularly having undertaken so smart a War against the Spaniards and Portugueses.

For this reason, their Capital being exhausted by following misfortunes, the Curatours were fain to exact a new Contribution from the Sharers, viz. the moiety of what they had given at first, which made up twelve hundred thousand pound, to which were added four hundred thousand pound more, and resolution was taken to pay interest of six per Cent. for all the money advanc'd to the Company. Their Treasury thus recruited, gave them courage to undertake a new Expedition, upon the great Town of Fernambove; after this they invaded some borders of Africa, from whence having driven the Portugueses, they got into possession of the Trade with the Africans, who sell their young Negroes. This is the sinew of the West-India Trade, for they being of a strong robust constitution, are able to endure those hardships in the Sugar Mills and Mines, that no Indians or Europeans are able to undergo.

Though things have since succeeded pretty luckily, yet have not the Curatours made any dividends amongst the Sharers; not but that they have brought from thence twice or thrice every year vast quantities of rich Ladings, which they have well sold; but because they have alwayes been forced to maintain War, till the Portugueses revolted from the Spaniards.

The Orders and Constitution of this Company, are conformable to those of the East-Indies, except that there are alwayes some Deputies from the States General, that do preside in their extraordinary Assemblies; and this because the States have contributed a great sum of money towards their first establishment.

The Soveraign command both by Land and Sea, is in the hands of a Captain General, that resides in Brazeel; it is now Prince Maurice of Nassaw. There are added to him as his Councel, two or three of the Curatours of the Company; there is also a Soveraign Court of Justice to hear and determine causes between particular men.

This Company has other designs, and does not resolve to keep within the streight limits of Brazeel, but endeavours to open a passage to those rich M • nes of Silver which the Spaniards and Indians are at present in possession of; this enterprize seems likely enough to succeed, particularly since the Chilians, an Indian Nation that inhabits the Sea-side, is in War with the Spaniard, and wants nothing but Armes and Discipline; which the Hollanders will be easily induced to furnish them with, it being so much their own advantage. The Souldiers of this Company and Officers, are sworn not only to the Curatours, but also to the States General, and to the General of the Army; because it is not safe that private men should have an Army at their command.

These two Companies have the priviledge of Trading alone into both the Indies, not for ever, but for twenty or thirty year, more or less. And it was wisely order'd so for two reasons: First, because it may be the necessity of affairs might have been such, as to have oblig'd the States to make Peace or Truce with the Spaniards; which it may be would not have been obtain'd, without relinquishing the Trade to the Indies, which they could not do had they granted a perpetual priviledge to these Companies. Secondly, that whensoever they demand the renewing of their Priviledges, the Commonwealth may take occasion to demand a round sum of money in acknowledgement of the favour they receive.

In a word, these two Companies are so well establish'd, as to be upon all occasions a very great prop to the State; for they are a Nursery of Souldiers and Seamen, out of which in time of War the States may upon a sudden be provided with Ships, Armes, and some thousands of Men, and by which in time of Peace, many thousands got a very handsom livelihood.

CHAP. XXII.

What Judgement may be made of the lasting or decay of this Commonwealth.

CArdinal Bentivoglio, who was for some time the Popes Nuncio in the Low-Countries, has writ the History of their Wars, and in his Book has given me occasion of adding here this Chapter. For he has propounded the same Question, and after he has brought some Reasons, which seem to conclude in favour of the perpetuity of this Commonwealth, he does produce some others to shew that a contrary opinion is more likely.

'Tis certainly a great vanity to go about to dispute about futures; yet the Form and Government, and present felicity of a State, may give us leave to give a guess at its future happiness.

And first, if we consider the cause of the founding of this State, we cannot think that it will ever be dissolv'd: For that was the recovering of lost Liberties, and the preservation of them when recovered; two things mightily priz'd by all mankind, but particularly by the Northern Nations of the world. Besides, not only by this the Liberties of all its Subjects are secur'd, but none of the neighbouring Nations can stand in fear of losing theirs, by the increase of this; so that it will be no bodies Interest to procure a change; for the people cannot be more easie than they are already: adde to this the mutual aversion between the Spaniards and the Hollanders, that it is natural to fear, and not to trust those that we have offended.

Besides, let any body cast back their eyes upon the first change, and they shall find it such as no body is offended at. 'Tis most certain, that when in Government men pass from one extremity to the other, there are many whom a desire of the first Government does sollicite and possess; but here it was not so, for except the change that was made of the person of the King of Spain, for the States General, there was no change made in the Laws, Constitutions, and Customs of these Provinces. Since therefore that the antient Laws, and Magistrates, and all other Priviledges do remain, it is easily agreed, that the change was scarce sensible to the Inhabitants. And upon this we may found this maxim, that Those States that have suffer'd least in their change, are like to last longest.

The inequality of strength and riches in these Provinces, is one of the tyes of their perpetuity, though ordinarily it be the cause of ruptures and fallings out in these cases.

If we consider the riches of these Provinces, and the industry of the Inhabitants to acquire them, we may certainly conclude that they will not be wanting to themselves in their Government; besides, without doubt as long as the Spaniards power shall give occasion of jealousie to Europe, England and France will never forsake the protection of Holland.

If we consider also the example of some Commonwealths of our time, as of the Swizzers, who do not only maintain themselves free from neighbouring Princes, by the natural situation of their Countrey, but are a terrour to many of them. These are our reasons, but Cardinal Bentivoglio brings some against them as follows.

Liberty begets license, that begets inequality, inequality begets Monarchy; so the Romans having driven out Kings, gave themselves up to the enjoyment of their Liberty; after that, they fell out by the inequality of Charges and Honours, and at last fell under the domination of Emperors.

To this is answer'd, that it is in vain that this example is alleadged, because the change proceeded from the oversight in the constitution of the Roman Government, in which it was not provided against inequality; but it is not so with the Hollanders.

As for what he sayes, that the Authority of the Governour General is too great, we do confess it; yet the Authority of the States is above it, for in him lies only perswasion, in them the power of commanding.

If it be objected, that the charges of a War are here incredible and excessive, and that the Treasury must needs be exhausted. I shall answer, that our Enemies are not in a better condition, but there is this difference between us, that our Enemies grow Beggars, and we grow rich under this oppression.

If it be further urged, that one Province, Holland, is much superiour to the others in strength and riches, and so may usurpe the domination over the rest. I shall answer, that in this inequality of power, all the Provinces are equal in Authority, and do not meddle with one anothers affairs.

As for the diversity and plurality of Religions, it is so far from being an apple of discord, that it is a tye of union and concord, every one being pleas'd with the liberty he has to enjoy the freedome of his conscience.

CHAP. XXIII.

An Abridgement of the State of the United Provinces, by Paul Merle.

GErmany which is one of the noblest parts of Europe, is divided into two parts, high and low. It is not our design to say any thing of the higher Germany.

The lower, call'd the Eye of the North, by reason of its excellency, is compos'd of seventeen Provinces. Those of them that lye upon the banks of the River Rhin towards the North, were us'd to be reckoned among the Lordships of the upper Germany; and the others upon the banks of the same River, towards the East, were anciently esteem'd dependances of Gallia Belgica. Each of them have been govern'd till within these few years, by their particular Princes and Princesses.

The Provinces of Brabant, Limbourg, Luxembourg, and Gueldres, were govern'd by Dukes. Flanders, Artois, Hainaut, Zeeland, Holland, Namur, and Zutphen, by Earls. Antwerp which bears the title of the Marquessship of the holy Empire, by a Marquess. Friezeland, Utrect, Overyssell, Malines, and Groeningue, by Bishops and particular Lords.

The Emperor Charles the fifth was the first Soveraign of all these rich Provinces; to the possession of which he attain'd, by being Heir to the Branch of Burgundy, and the Houses of Spain and Austria.

Philip his Son was his Successor in his time. The exorbitant punishments inflicted on those that professed Protestant Religion, with the intolerable severity of the Inquisition; the breach of the peoples priviledges, made them revolt, and endeavour to maintain by force, that which tyranny would extort from them. Their Enterprize has been bless'd with success; for seven of these Provinces have cast off the yoke of obedience due unto him, and have made an Union and League together for their defence, whence they are call'd the United Provinces, and are Gueldres, Zutphen, Holland, Zeeland, Frieze, Utrect, Overyssell, and Groeningue.

These are the Provinces, for whose service that incomparable Hero, Morice of Nassaw, Son to William Prince of Orange, has waged and managed a War against the most powerfull Prince in Europe, with a success worthy his prudence and courage. He was so accomplish'd a Prince, that it is better to be silent, than to go about to praise one, whose merits can never be equall'd with words; but they are written in the hearts of all the Nations he so highly obliged by his singular valor and conduct.

The Provinces above-mentioned having occasion to treat of their publick concerns, send their Deputies to the Hague, some one, some two or more, according as their rank and priviledge is. They are ordinarily chosen among the most sufficient, able, and pious men, and such as deserve to be admir'd for their experience. They are commonly call'd the States Generall, and have the power of treating and concluding the most important affairs of the Commonwealth, as Peace, War, &c. In a word; their duty is to answer all the ends of Government, that they may preserve the Commonwealth flourishing, and safe. But I have undertaken to give a particular account of the Government of the Hollanders, and I think fit to give the Reader notice, that whatsoever is said of them, may be applyed to the other Provinces, only things are done in Holland with a greater apparatus, and more solidity.

Thyerry of Aquitain was the first Earl of Holland; thirty Earls or Countesses have succeeded him in this dignity, all upon condition to preserve the priviledges and immunities of the people; which having been exactly observ'd by them all, were first violated by Philip the second, King of Spain, for which he was deposed, and from that time forward the Soveraign Power devolv'd to the States. The States are a publick Assembly of the Nobles and the Deputies of Towns. The Brederodes have the first rank among the Nobles; the Wassenars were more ancient; the Egmonts the powerfullest; the Scages follow the Brederodes; then the Assendelf; the Douses; the Warmonts; the Podgeests; the Matenesses, and others. The Reader must forgive me if I am mistaken in this account.

Three Nobles and no less are us'd to sit in the States of Holland. The Towns that send Deputies, never send fewer than two. There are six principall Towns who have this right; Dort, Harlem, Delf, Leyden, Amsterdam, Tergou. There are also some others, as in South-Holland, Rotterdam, Gorchum, Schiedam, Schoonhoove, the Brill; in North-Holland, Alcmaer, Horn, Enchuse.

It is likewise practis'd to call the Nobles to ordinary Assemblies; but when there is an extraordinary Deputation for making of Peace or War, &c. then the other smaller Towns may likewise send their Deputies.

The States of Holland meet ordinarily every quarter once, and sometimes between while, and that at the Hague, as the States of Gueldres at Nimmegue, or Zutphen. The Provinciall Advocate presides in these Assemblies, and takes care that they be held with order, and things manag'd with prudence. He resides ordinarily at the Hague, and does no other Office but this; he is to shew himself impartiall and just even to the least Borrough or Corporation; he must take care that nothing pass that is contrary to the Customes and Priviledges of the Province. The first day of the Assembly he is to perform the Office of Speaker, and to break the matters to the Deputies, to ask their advices, and take their Votes, and declare for those that are the major part. He is also to keep a Register of all that is done, and to send a Copy of it to all the Nobles and Towns, within eight dayes after the rising of the Assembly.

The States being solemnly assembled, and having all taken an Oath of fidelity and secrecy, do deliberate about the Propositions made by the Advocate, which are ordinarily reduced to heads. Their ordinary matters are Subsidies, Contributions, &c. Changes in State and Government, Peace, War, Leagues; of alienating, giving, and otherwise disposing of things belonging to the Province; of granting Priviledges, Patents, and many other things, which for brevity I omit.

As for the order observ'd in giving their Votes; the Nobles begin, then the Towns follow in the order they are set down above; every one says his opinion and reasons with leasure, and quietly, no body interrupting him, and that which the major part carries, is the Law.

The States as it has been said, meet but once every three moneths; therefore because there may be extraordinary business, they choose certain Deputies, who sit alwayes to deliberate of such matters as happen between the Meeting times, and which cannot be deferr'd. By the care of these all Land and Sea-affairs are govern'd, and all ministred. The Deputies are call'd Collegues, and they that take care of the Sea-affairs, Counsellors of the Admiralty.

They are six in the Colledge of Deputies, and are most commonly chosen for one year, out of the Nobles and Citizens of Towns, and are bound by Oath to observe carefully, and without interest, all that shall be commanded them, to take neither bribe, present, nor pension from any person or persons. They are to confer Notes with the Governour of the Province, and to give him good and faithfull counsell.

They are also to take great care, that the Resolves and Orders of the last Assemblies be put in execution; to deliberate of all such things as are not left to the Governours care; to call together the States upon such occasions as will admit of no delay.

They are also to provide, that the Towns and Villages of the Province do live in peace and union one with another; and that there be no violation of the States Orders, either by force or fraud; to sollicit punishment against riotous Souldiers and Officers that commit Exactions and Extortions.

They are also to keep a Register of the Arms that are in the Magazines; that the ordinary proportion of Ammunition be deliver'd to the Garrisons; that from time to time there be made Fortresses and Forts in Holland, and those kept in repair. It is not to be forgotten, that it is to them at last that comes all Exchequer Suits about the publick revenue and receit of Customes, &c.

In the absence of the Governour Generall they determine all Causes concerning Prisoners of War, touching Plunder and Booty, &c.

Here follows the method they use in all their affairs.

1. They do the business that concerns the whole Province.

2. Those affairs that regard Towns and Corporations.

Last of all, They decide the Controversies between private persons.

The Counsellors of the Admiralty who are six in number, ought to be very carefull, and to act conjoyntly with the Admirall, the States, and their Deputies, to have alwayes a convenient Fleet ready, to secure the Sea from Pirates, and that all Merchants and Passengers passing to and fro upon Rivers and Channels, be duely provided of Pasports. They are also to find out the ablest Pilots and stoutest Captains, and when they have sworn them, give them their Orders. They are soveraign Judges of all abuses and frauds committed in falsifying and counterfeiting Pasports; as also of all quarrels and suits between Sea-men and Souldiers aboard the Ships. In a word; they have all the power that Admirals do enjoy in England, France, or any other Countrey.

I have not time to shew here by what Agents and Officers the States do administer justice to their Subjects; keep accounts of their treasure; give Livings and Fees to be held from them; and many other things, which would require a greater Volume.

It remains to satisfie some Politicians curiosity, who would know it may be, whether our State be Monarchie, Aristocracie, or Democracie; or of which of these it participates most. To which I answer, that I think the Government of Holland to be a fit mixture of them all.

In the person of the Governour Generall, who commands the Armies both at Land and Sea with an absolute Authority, is seen Monarchie; the States represent Aristocracie; and Democracie is seen in the Government of the Cities and Towns, for nothing is done without the consent of the meanest Inhabitant.

CHAP. XXIV.

The Proclamation of the States of Holland and West-Frieze, touching the ancient Right of the Commonwealth of Holland.

THe Knights, Nobles, and Towns of Holland and West-Frieze, representing the States of the said Provinces, after a mature deliberation and communication of the business with the Nobles and Senates of Towns, and carefully weigh'd their advice and answer, have in discharge of their Oath and duties, thought fit to publish and make known to all the world by a publick Edict, the State of Government of the said Provinces, being perswaded, that all Readers will be inclin'd to pitty and favour the deplorable estate of our Countrey.

It is most certain for that in past ages, for the time of 800. years, the Soveraign Administration of the Provinces of Holland, West-Frieze, or Zeeland, was committed to the care of Earls or Countesses, who had receiv'd this power from the States, and that upon certain Conditions.

These Earls did govern with so much moderation and prudence, that they did never undertake either to declare War, or make Peace, or lay Imposts or Taxes, without asking the advice and consent of the Nobles, and of the Magistrates of Towns, though they had their own Privy Councellors, men of great capacity and abilities; but they did much yeeld to the Authority of the States, for any business that concern'd these Nations.

This Government thus founded upon equity and justice, could not choose but attract the blessings of Heaven upon its Lords; and indeed it did, for no Princes ever perform'd more glorious actions, or receiv'd more demonstrations of honour from their Neighbours, than they. William the second, Earl of Holland, was chosen Emperor in the year 1247. And that which is yet an addition of glory for these Princes, is, that they have maintain'd many bloody Wars, obtain'd many famous victories, and alwayes so defended the very borders of their States, that their enemies have not been able to get any ground upon them.

We may also protest with truth, that in the space of 800. years, Holland and Zeeland were never conquer'd nor subjected by any Strangers whatsoever; neither did they pass under the power of any Foreign Prince, which is an advantage that we believe no State in Europe, except it be the Republick of Venice, can brag of.

We do ingeniously confess, that the firm Constitution of this our Government, does consist in the union and good intelligence which is between the States and the Prince; for the power of these Earls was very inconsiderable without the help of the States, they having nothing but their own Demean or Revenue to live upon, and uphold the splendor of their Court. We have also observ'd, by what means and Authority they have often made their Courts remember that duty, which some evil counsellors had perswaded them to forget, and that not only by Remonstrances and Petitions, but often by chastizing and personally punishing those, who wickedly abusing the Princes Authority, did lead them so much out of the way of justice and moderation.

We find likewise in our Histories, that the States have chosen Guardians for their Princes under age; and that William the Fifth being run mad, they created a Lieutenant-Governour in his room. In a word; 'tis a thing question'd by no body, that the Soveraign power was alwayes in the States, whensoever their Princes came to die, or were otherwise disabled from performing the Functions of their Charge; and in those Cases they did appoint a Governour, whom they called Guardian, or (Ruwarde.)

Under the Domination of the Dukes of Burgundy this Right was also maintain'd; for a little after the death of Charles their Duke, and his Daughter the Dutchess Mary, Maximilian of Austria having undertaken to introduce some novelties, and oppress the Authority of the States, was so oppos'd, that had he continued he had without doubt undone himself.

The Emperor Charles being yet minor receiv'd Guardians, and the Provinces receiv'd Governors from the said States; and though their liberties had suffer'd some diminution under the Dukes of Burgundy, yet did the said Emperor alwayes respect and honour them, as being perswaded that without their assistance his power could not stand. Upon this Subject he gave many grave admonitions to his Son, wishing him to govern with all moderation; and not by any means to exasperate that power, whose consent he must have to enjoy his Prerogative.

And indeed he now knows to his own and these Provinces great cost, the truth of what his Father did foretell; for there can be no other cause alledged of the troubles and revolutions of the Low-Countreys, than his going about to infringe their Priviledges, and fasten the yoke of servitude about their necks. Though these things be as clear as day, yet we have thought it necessary to publish them to the world; because that many being yet in suspence and ill-inform'd, do think that the States are only a tumultuous Assembly of some Deputies, who being men concern'd in the quarrell, do carry on things more according to their own ends, than to the publick good. But they that will open their eyes, and consider the noble actions perform'd in Holland and Zeeland within these fifteen years, will easily see that they cannot be the effect of some few persons passion, but they must necessarily be seconded by the unanimous consent of whole Nations.

Therefore that none may any longer have the least pretext for their doubts, we will give such evidences of our power, as shall shew whence it is der • v'd.

The Princes that heretofore govern'd, were not only possess'd at first of this honour, by the consent and agreement of the States, but have also been continued in this their dignity, by the same, means that all those bodies of which they were made heads, did remain in the same entire state of liberty; a thing which it may be we should not now be able to brag of, had not the States alwayes had a vigilant eye upon the actions of ambitious Princes, and the malice of ill Counsellors, and applied present remedies upon all occasions, and so stop'd up the way to tyranny, as to make it not worth their while to endeavour it.

These States are divided into two bodies; the Nobility, and the Towns.

The Nobility, by reason of their ancient extraction, their rich possessions, and their gallant actions, do justly compose the first body, and meet with the Deputies of Towns in publick Assemblies, to provide for the Commonwealth.

The Towns have almost all the same Government.

The Colledge of Senators of the Towns is chosen from among the Patricians, who in some places are forty, in others thirty four, twenty, more or less. Being once rais'd to this honour, they enjoy it as long as they live, or as long as they have Jus Civita • is: when they die or remove to other places, others are chosen in their place by the common consent of the Citizens.

These Colledges alone have the power of deliberating and determining the affairs of the Towns, and that which is resolv'd upon in these Assemblies, is by the people receiv'd and obeyed.

In this Colledge are every year chosen the Magistrates, viz. four Bourgemasters, three, two, or seven Aldermen, (for so 'tis they call the Judges) to administer justice for one year. In some Provinces these Magistrates are chosen absolutely; and in others there is a double number chosen, and out of them the Governor chooses those that are to be Judges.

The Bourgemasters duty is to take care to make good orders be kept throughout the City in all things, and to provide that the publick be no wayes dammaged. The Aldermen determine Causes, and punish Crimes. The Colledges have the super-intendance over all these in Holland, Zeeland, and West-Frieze; insomuch that the Princes of these Provinces had not reserv'd to themselves any other power, than to create one to preside in these Assemblies. This is the true state of these Countreys; whence may be inferr'd, that the Magistrates, the Senates, and the Nobility joyn'd together, do represent the whole body of these Nations, and that their government is so equally temper'd, as to subsist as long as it has done, and with as much if not more felicity.

When publick affairs require that these Colledges of the Nobility and Towns should meet, they are advertis'd of it by their Deputies, who do call them together by express Writs sent to them, in which the heads of the matters to be deliberated upon, are inserted. These having been discuss'd and weigh'd in the Assembly, Deputies are sent to the States Generall, with power to consult and determine such things, as shall be found necessary for the good of all the Provinces.

The Nobility is present in a competent number. The Towns send one Bourgemaster, with some Senators. Their duty in generall is to treat and decide, concerning all that has any relation to the welfare of the State; and particularly they are bound to provide for the maintaining of the Immunities and Priviledges.

These assembled are call'd the States; not that they are, but because they represent a nobler and more powerfull Assembly which sent them thither. Neither is it to be imagin'd, that one can easily by favour and faction attaine to this degree of honour; for besides that naturally the common people are averse: for those that seem to desire the choice of such a one, is void of its self. Besides, who would be so mad in the age we live in, as to purchase ambitiously an employment, which carries with it nothing but cares and afflictions; and which, by the malice of those who study to defame and black the most unspotted reputation, is a place of danger, rather than a degree of elevation? Certainly they that are well acquainted with our Commonwealth, will witness how many artifices, nay what threats and constraints we are fain to use, to get the Deputies to accept of their charges.

When these Assemblies are dissolv'd, the Deputies are bound to give an account of the Resolutions to those that sent them.

This is that foundation upon the which our Commonwealth was first built, and has stood for this 700. years, as it appears by our Histories. 'Tis by this union that we have maintain'd a War for these many years, without the loss of any of our members; and that since our League, no Towns have revolted, nor none of our Armies divided into parties: for which no better reason can be given, than that we have proceeded in all things justly, according to the Constitution of our Government.

For this reason that every one might share in the Government, we have granted to many small Towns, who formerly did not use to be call'd to the generall Assemblies, the priviledge of sending their Deputies, and taking part in the administration of all affairs, that so they may the more willingly support the paying of Taxes, which they themselves shall have thought fit to impose.

Upon the same score the Nobility has the liberty of assisting at these publick Assemblies, in such numbers as they please. Provided still they be of the body of the great Assembly, except those that are priviledg'd.

If any body can prove that any of the Nobles or Deputies of Towns has gone beyond his Commission, or has come short of it, or any wayes fail'd in the trust put in him, he shall be bound to come in the presence of those that did depute him, and justifie himself; and in case he refuse, he shall be punish'd according to the rigour of the Law; and we shall think our selves oblig'd to those that shall accuse him, and bound to thank them, as true and faithfull lovers of their Countrey.

But as for those that do cast aspersions, and forge calumnies against the States, it is fit they should know that they are much mistaken, if they think to deal with the Nobility and Deputies of Towns, as with private men. For though they may be led away, and induc'd to deride their actions and resolutions, innocently, and only to make sport; yet do we here declare, that those we shall find doing so maliciously, and with a design of subverting our State, by vilifying the Governors thereof, we shall hold as enemies, and punish accordingly.

Therefore be it known to all, that we that do here declare that the Soveraign power is in the States, do not mean that it is in the Deputies, but in those that sent them, whom they represent by vertue of their Commission.

This is a truth which many Princes, and particularly her most Serene Majesty the Queen of England, as also his Excellency the Prince of Orange, when he was sworn Governour, did both acknowledge. Neither do we think that any body can dispute so constant a verity; for else it would follow, that the States have not, now they are free, so much power as they had before: and not only the contracts made with the English, and the creation of the Governor Generall, would be invalid, but all that the States have so nobly perform'd, since these fifteen years, would be unjust, which no body but our greatest enemies will, or dare say.

From what has been said, it appears how great a necessity there is of keeping inviolable the Authority of the said States, as the foundation of all the safety of our Commonwealth, and of letting every body know, that the Soveraign power is no less in them now than it was under their former Princes. Decreed at the Hague, and order'd to be publish'd by the common consent of the States. Made at Har •• m • the sixteenth of October, in the year 1587.

THE THIRD BOOK Containing the DELIGHTS OF HOLLAND.

CHAP. I.

Of the Original of Holland.

SOme Writers say, that the word Holland is deriv'd from the G • rman word Holtlandt, which is as much as to say, a Countrey of Wood; and they found this their conjecture upon the names of many Villages, which have been nam'd from their Woods. Our Annals likewise do say, that formerly this Province was full of Forrests, and the Sea-side all border'd with Trees.

There was not above a hundred years ago a large Forrest in the Island of Texel, (which does as it were make up the tail of the Lion, which the seventeen Provinces put together do represent.) And to this day there are bodies and stumps of Trees, which do often hurt Ships, and entangle their Cables about their roots, which in a storm is often the cause of the loss of divers Ships; for that reason the Fishermen never cast their Nets there, for fear of tearing them.

Some others say, and that probably enough, that the word Holland does denote the property of the Earth, which in most places seems hollow, and quakes as if it swam upon the top of the Water. To this purpose Guicciardin tells a Story of a Cow, That passing in a Meadow half a mile from Harlem, fell into a Ditch, and was drown'd, and •• re • dayes after was found in a Lake hard by the Town, on the East-side of it, which had no communication with the Ditch.

The third opinion, and that which is most likely to be true, is, that these Provinces having been conquer'd by the Normans, they gave them the name of the Provinces they came out of. And in effect, not only whole Provinces, but many Towns and Villages have the same names here, and in Denemark, as Zeeland, Oland, besides the Kingdome of Norway; the Towns, as Schagen, Bergen, Valkenburg, and many others, which it is needless to set down.

In all antiquity it is observable, that when ever a Nation did enlarge by Conquests or Colonies, the same custome was put in use. So the French having entred Gallia drive out the Romans, and call'd the Countrey France. The Spaniards do the same in the West-Indies. And to go no further, the Dutch themselves have given the name of Batavia to that great Town in the Indies, which they have made the seat of their Trade and Empire in those parts.

These Northern Nations, not content with their having deluge-like over-run these Countreys, pass'd into Neustria, and call'd it Normandy; and to this day the people of that Province have an accent much resembling that of the Danes in their tongue, which is not a small conjecture that they are come originally out of the North. Our Authors do not agree about the time that these Nations did invade Holland, and whether they were again driven out by the French or no.

CHAP. II.

Of the length and breadth of Holland; the number of its Towns and Villages.

UNder the name of the Low Countreys are comprehended the seventeen Provinces, and before these troubles Flanders was esteem'd the best of them; but now Holland may more justly claim that title, as being the richest Countrey in the world for its bigness.

Holland is encompassed almost on three sides by the Ocean, viz. on the West, the East, and the North; it has Brabant, the River Meuse, and Utrect, to the South. It may be said of this Province as an Ancient said of France, that there is no desert, solitude, nor empty place in it; for there has been such an affluence and concourse of people by reason of the Wars, that it is almost too little to hold them. The Circuit of Holland is only a hundred and fourscore miles, and in this compass are comprehended great Lakes, and a part of the South Sea. Its length is taken from the Island Schelling, in the North, to the River Scheld, and Zeeland in the South. The breadth is not above twenty four miles, if we take it in a straight line in the middle, from Catwyck by the Sea-side, to Woerden, a small Town upon the Frontiers of Utrect.

The chief and principall Towns are six in number; Dort, Harlem, Delft, Leyden, Amsterdam, Goude. The others that are less Towns, but who do send their Deputies to the States Generall, are these; Rotterdam, Gorcum, Schiedam, Schoonhove, Briel, Alcmaer, Horn, Enchuyse, Edam, Monnickendam, Medenblick, and Purmerend. The other Towns are not admitted to the same priviledges, either because they are built upon the conquer'd Countrey of Brabant, as Gertrudenbergh, Heusden, Workum; or because they have particular Lords, that will not have them belong to the States, as Vianen is owned by the Brederodes, and Yselsteyn is claim'd by the States of Utrect; or else because they are poor, and cannot bear the charges of Deputies, as Woerde, Audewater, Heukelom, Asperen, Leerdam, Naerden, W • sop, and Muyden, of which mention shall be made hereafter.

The principall Burroughs which have the priviledges of Towns, though they be not wall'd, are, the Hague, Vlaerding, Grav • sant, Delfs-haven, Beverwyck, Schagen, Nieuport.

There are in Holland above two hundred Villages, which if you consider for their building, trade, and riches, they may take place of many Towns in other Countreys; but the fairest of them are Nortwic, Reensburg, Worbury, Maeslant-s •• ys, Egmond, Ryswyck, Geervliet, &c.

Vlaerding Re • nsburg, and Bev •• wyck were in former ages reckon'd amongst the strongest and fairest Towns of this Province; as also Geervliet. But Holland is much chang'd since its troubles, and many Towns are risen by trade and their situation, which before were very inconsiderable. I have heard old Women say, how they could remember that Lootwyck was as big again as it is now, and that it has been by little and little eaten away by the Ocean, its too powerfull Neighbour.

In the year 1574. at Schevelinge, near the Hague, the Sea broke in, and carried away 121. Houses, as any body may see it recorded upon a Picture in the Church. In a word, the ruine of the neighbouring Provinces, and the great a version of the people to slavery, has made them all resort to this, and there produce that plenty and abundance of all things, which commonly follows great numbers of people, particularly being so situated, as to take the advantage of three great Rivers, and the Sea.

CHAP. III.

Of the division of Holland, and the nature of the Soyl.

HOlland is divided into the South or Meridionall part, which reaches from Zeeland, Brabant, and Utrect, to the Dike at Sparendam, and that is above half Holland; and into North-Holland, or West-Frieze, which reaches from Amsterdam to the North Sea: and the people though penn'd up as it were in so small a compass, does nevertheless differ very much in manners, customes, and Cloathes, in these parts.

The Kennemaers, which the Annals speak so much of, did live between Harlem, Alcmaer, Beverwy • k, and Purmerend. There is a little Mountain between these Towns, which carries the name of St. Albert, and there the Earls were install'd Lords of the Kennemaers; and near that place they kept their Courts, as well because of the beauty of the Countrey, as for the convenience of many fair Castles that are built there, such as Cleves, Brederode, Velsen, Egmond.

Waterland is so call'd, because of the abundance of waters, on the top of which it seems to swim. There are in it but three little Towns, viz. Edam, Monnicken-dam, and Purmerend.

That part of Holland which is nearest the North, has a soft moorish Soyl, not at all fit to be till'd. From the Downs to the Frontier of Brabant, 'tis nothing but Meadows, which towards the end of October begin to be cover'd with water, and which encreases by continuall rains and storms, and that lasts all Winter, insomuch that in most places you see nothing but some Steeples and Houses, which look as if they came out of the Sea; all these fine Meadows being then cover'd with Boats, and the Dikes with Passengers. This Water does mightily fatten the ground; and in the beginning of February, (provided the Frosts do not hinder it) begins to be emptied, by the admirable invention of those Wind-mills, which drive away these deluges of Water, and confine them to certain Channels. The Earth being dry begins about March to look green, and then the Cattell come out to grazing.

Now it is to be observ'd, that the favourable Wind for Holland is the South-East, and the worst is the North-West.

To prevent the dangerous effects of so much Water, this Countrey is full of Banks, rais'd by the industry of the Inhabitants, and which have cost vast summes of money to make, as they do still to maintain and keep in repair. The chief is the bank of the River Issel, that of the Meuse, of Sparendam, and of Medenblick. The care of them belongs to the Dyckgraves of each Hundred, and to the Heemrades, who are Gentlemen of the Countrey.

In the year 1638. the Dike of Issel broke by the thawing of the River; for the Rhyne carrying huge mountains of Ice, they eat into it, and made 〈◊〉 breach of many foot, not far from Utrect; whereupon almost all Holland was overflown with clear water, which did little hurt: the breach was soon made up, and the water drain'd by the help of the Wind-mills.

The Earth produces all sorts of Fruits and good Corn about R •• nsbourg and Nortwyck, as also near Vooerschote and Warmont, but not enough for the vast multitudes of people that swarm in this Countrey, therefore the great supply is from Poland and Moscovy. There grows besides here Hemp and Flax, for fine Linnen, and Sayls, &c.

There are incomparably more Meadows than arable grounds, which feed a world of Cattle; particularly a large sort of Cows, vvhich give great store of Milk, of which is made excellent Butter, and rare Cheeses, which are sent all the world over. In some places there are Cows that yeeld three great Pales full of Milk a day.

Every Spring there comes great store of • ean Cows and Oxen from Dannemark, Jutland, and H • lstein, which are within three weeks time fa •• ed upon these excellent pastures. In some places they • owe the Grass twice a year; and the Hay is much better than in any other place; it is for that reason, that the Horses and Cows are bigger and taller than in any other place.

The Earth of which the Turss are made is call'd Veens, which being cut out of the Ditches, and exposed to the Sun-beams, grows hard, and then being kept some time in a Barn or Garret, grows dry, and fit for fewell. The best are those that come from Friezeland, and they use them in Brewing and Baking. They have all much sulphure in them, and being mingled with Wood, make an excellent fire.

The mountains of Sand call'd Downs, serve as a bar to the fury of the Ocean; and though they seem barren, yet have they an advantage, which is, that they are full of Rabbits, which are both a pleasant diversion, and a good provision for Passengers.

The Sea-side from the Meuse to the Texel is about a hundred miles in length; and there is so plain and smooth a way between the Mountains and the Sea, that it is a great pleasure to travell in it either afoot or on Horse-back. When the Sea is calm, you may see the Ships under sail; and if there be a storm, it is with a kind of terrible delight, that you may perceive the threatning Sea come, and spend all its fury upon this even shore.

There are some pleasant Forrests standing yet, as that of the Hague and Harlem. There is likewise a Wood at Sevenhuyse, a fine Village five leagues from Leyden, where the Scholars go twice a year to take the sport of shaking the Trees, and making a great sort of Bird that builds in them fall at their feet.

It is most certain that this Province was anciently full of Trees, which (according to the opinion of some Authors) were destroyed by that horrible storm, which hapned in the year 860. and which shut up the mouth of the River Rhene near Lat • i • , made it take another course, and mingle with the Meuse, after a great devastation of Woods, Lands, and Houses. In proof whereof you see that the Channell that comes from U • rect, and passes through Leyden, retains yet the name of the Rhyne. The Countrey people in digging do find to this day in the Veens, and other places, great bodies and branches of Trees, particularly towards the South. Nay they have found Nuts entire and well preserv'd in the bottom of the Water, though there has been no Trees to bear them since this hundred years.

And indeed it is no wonder that a Countrey formerly over-run with Wood, should now be so empty of it, since we know that Germany which is now so full of Towns and Cities, was anciently one great Forrest almost.

The Air is pretty well temper'd in Holland, though cold do a little predominate, there being continuall winds and frequent rains; but the inconstancy of the Climate is such, that the seasons seem to be in a perpetuall confusion. It rains ordinarily in the Dog-dayes; and sometimes in July it is as cold as in December. Likewise in Winter it is sometimes so warm and milde weather, that one can hardly endure a fire: but as the heat is never violent, so the cold is seldome lasting, according to the Proverb that sayes, that rigorous Masters do not govern long; yet is there no such generall Rule but admits of an exception; for there has been long and hot Summers, and violent cold lasting Winters: the Annals speak of some, as of the year 1149.

When the Channels are frozen, they slide upon them with a certain sort of Shooes call'd Skates, which have a long, shining, narrow, crooked Iron, that stands out before. They that are perfect in this exercise turn their Feet inwards, that the Iron may take the more hold of the Ice, upon which they fly like Birds in the air with that swiftness, that one can hardly follow them with the eye. The Women too use this as a diversion, and many do very pretty tricks upon the Ice; but most are content with a straight course, as much as needs to get heat and ground. Every Sunday after Sermon all the people of the Towns come out upon the Ice, some to slide and others to look on. I knew a young Clown of ten year old, who did brag that he had gone eighteen miles or six leagues in an hour upon his Skates. The same laid a Wager with a Peasant his neighbour, that he would sooner slide three leagues, than the other should ride one and a half with the best Horse he should get. It is ordinary for these sort of people to go from Leyden to Amsterdam in an hour and a quarter, if the Ice be even, and yet that is near eighteen miles.

There are besides things call'd Traisneaur, like our Sledges, that are of two sorts, some that are drawn by Horses, and others that a man drives before him as he slides upon the Ice. There are also Boats, that having a great Iron under them, sail along, and go sometimes fifteen leagues an hour; but that is seldome practis'd, because there is danger in it, and because that often the Ice is not even.

When it has snowed and frozen together, they use great Sledges to go across the Meadows, and not follow the ordinary way. Some wonder to see the Countrey people carry great Poles upon their Shoulders; but the reason of it is, that if the Ice should break, they might by the favour of their Poles, (both ends of which would lye upon the two extremities of the crack'd Ice) get out again. The temerity of the Hollanders deserves to be blam'd; for many will venture upon one nights Ice, and thence happen many sad accidents.

Holland is so flat and even a Countrey, that you see not a Mountain nor a Hill, except those Sand-hills that keep out the Sea. It is almost all Meadows, cut into a thousand Channels, which in Summer by their delicate green, and their variety of Flowers, are a pleasant object to look on. 'Tis true, that in some places the Earth produces Corn, Beans, Pease, and all sorts of grains; the Mountains of Sand are full of Rabbits; the Waters of excellent Fishes; and the Air supplyes them with Fowl from the Northern parts, viz. with Woodcocks, Snipes, Hernes, &c. insomuch that Holland may be call'd very justly, the Marrow of the Low Countreys, as well for its fertility, as for the delights and pleasures that may be enjoyed in it. It seems a terrestriall Paradise for its Meadows and pleasant Fields, the Channels and Rivers so ingeniously contriv'd for Trade, and the noble magnificence of its Buildings. We must needs confess that there are very few plow'd grounds, considering the vast numbers of people that must be fed; and yet there are no where greater Store-houses, nor better furnish'd than here: nay Holland may with reason be call'd the Store-house of Europe, considering the vast transportation of all sorts of grains that are made from hence into Italy, Spain, England, France, and Brabant, when their own Corn has fail'd them by any accident of War or Famine.

That great Man Scaliger speaking of the Wonders of this Province, sayes, that here grows no Vines, and yet here is more Wine than in any one place in Europe. In effect, the Wines of the Rhene, the Mosella, and the Mouse, come to Dort, and from thence into all the other places of these Countreys. The Wines of France, Spain, and Greece, come to Amsterdam and Rotterdam.

There grows very little Wood, and yet there are no where to be found more Carpenters and Joyners than here. And it may be there is not in the rest of Chrystendome, so many Ships and Boats as in this one Province: there is scarce a Peasant but has his Boat to bring his Commodities to the Towns. To be short; sayes he, we live amongst the waters, and yet we drink not of them. There are no Flocks of Sheep, and very little Flax; and yet where is made more Cloth and Linnen than here? I adde, that there are no Mines in Holland, and yet all sorts of Mettals are more abundant here than in any part of the world, as it appears by the rich Furnitures and Ornaments of the Houses of our Citizens, whose Wives delight in that more than in any thing else.

Strangers cannot easily conceive these wonders, or at least they alone amongst them that understand the secret of Trade, and what vast advantages the Hollanders have reap'd from that War, which they so long and so generously maintain'd against Spain, and which at last ending in an honourable peace, has left them Masters of the Trade of the world, fetching by their Ships from the remotest parts of it all that's good and precious, and to be had for money.

CHAP. IV.

Of the Manners and Dispositions of the Inhabitants.

THe old Hollanders were formerly despised by their Neighbours, for the grossness of their temper, and the simplicity of their life. They were us'd to be call'd Block-heads, and eaters of Cheese and Milk: but as they formerly had the reputation of silly, so now they are esteemed as subtil and understanding a Nation as any is in Europe; as may be well evidenced from their Treaties and Alliances made with Strangers. This I think proceeds from that Commerce they drive through all the world, and from the mixture made amongst them by divers Strangers that have setled in these parts; for above half those that do inhabit the Towns are either Strangers, or descended from them.

They all love their Liberties, even those that have made but a few years stay in the Province, as if the genius of it had a secret power over mens inclinations. It is not lawfull to beat nor strike any body. Servants have as great priviledges as their Masters, who dare not abuse them with blows. And if any body chance to be so far transported by their passion, as to 〈…〉 t their Man or Maid-servant, and 〈◊〉 come to the hearing of the Magistrate, they are fined for it, and often forc'd to pay them their whole year of wages, though not due, and so turn them away.

There are no Slaves in Holland, but any man in that condition is free as soon as he sets his foot on that ground. The Hollanders are very constant in their resolutions, and seldome desist till they have obtain'd their end.

They are not so much upon the punctilio of honor, as the other Nations, but are rather given to Trade and getting, and they seem as if they had suck'd in with their milk the insatiable desire of acquiring. They never complain of the pains they take, and go as merrily to the Indies, as if they went to their Countrey Houses. They are of a strong Constitution, tall proper men, and very capable of whatsoever they undertake.

Those amongst them that prefer the study of Liberal Arts to the desire of growing rich, do succeed as prosperously; for without doubt or flattery, Holland has produced as many learn'd and ingenious persons as any Province in Europe. Others follow the Art of Painting, and transport themselves into Italy, where are the best Masters of the world; and by these means good Pictures are very common here, there being scarce an ordinary Tradesman, whose House is not adorn'd with them. If there be any body that has any new invention or discovery, he shall be sure to find money for it here, if it will yeeld any.

Above all things the Hollander, hate all Quarrels and Duels; as likewise they abhor all treacherous actions, blasphemy, swearing, &c. They are no wayes bloody-minded, but much more enclin'd to compassion than their Neighbours.

I pass to their way of living. And first of their Winter-Provision.

In the beginning of Autumn when the Turfs are dry, they lay in their provision of them. Towards November they buy an Oxe, or half a one, according as their Family is, that they salt and smoke for Summer, eating it with Butter or Sallet. Every Sunday they take out a great piece out of their salting-Tub, upon which they dine: this piece comes every day after upon the Table all the week long, with some other Dish of boyl'd Meat, or Milk. They do not love Pottage so much as the French; neither do they much esteem Leek, or Garlick, or Onion. They are not nice in their Diet, and none amongst them, but the very rich, do eat after the French fashion.

They have that common custome of all Northern Nations, which is, that they delight much in drinking and feasting with their friends; if any chance to be quarrelsome in his drink, he is presently driven out of the Company. Here we must not omit a certain custome, which has for drift, peace, amity, and concord: All the Towns are divided into divers Quarters, called Neighbourhoods; every one of these has a Master, and he has his Counsellors; if there happen any quarrell, the parties appear before him, who endeavours to agree them; if he cannot, then they may go twice a week before the Commissioners for hearing of quarrels, and keeping peace amongst Neighbours; if they cannot bring them to take or give satisfaction, then they may go to Law.

The Treasurer of each Neighbourhood receives the Fines, which are these following: If any one has not waited upon a dead body of the Neighbourhood going to be buried, he is fin'd three half-pence. The Heirs or Kindred of the dead person are bound to make a Present, according to their quality, though there be no set Tax. For a Childe they give not so much as for a person of age. The gift that is made for a married person, is call'd in the language of the Countrey a fat Dish. When a Citizen purchases a House, he is bound to a Present proportionable to the value of his House.

When there is a pretty round summe of money got together by six or seven years gathering, the Master and his Counsellors meet at the desire of the Neighbours, and appoint a day for a Treat, which lasts ordinarily three or four. 'Tis most commonly in Autumn, and there every one comes with his Wife, but without either Children or Dogs, under pain of being fined. Before they sit down, the Laws of the Feast are publickly read; amongst which the chiefest are, that you must not blaspheme, nor start any discourse about Religion, for fear of falling out. Then the Master sits down with his Wife, and the Counsellors next to him of each side; the others draw lots for their places. If any one press another to drink more than he is able, he payes a Fine; if he strike, he is banish'd the company, and not admitted the next day without asking pardon. At eight of the Clock every one goes out, and waits upon the Master to his Lodging, where they begin to drink afresh, till wine and sleep part them, and bring them to their own homes. All the time is pass'd merrily, and without Ceremony, as if they were all equall. The four dayes being ended, they summe up what they have spent; and if the publick purse cannot pay the charges, they supply it by an equall contribution. I have recited this custome at large, that from it may be deduced some knowledge of their humour. They are very patient, and not so hasty as other Nations, and have a Proverb amongst them, which sayes, that Rich people do not use to fight. They ha • e going to Law; and as for affronts and injurious words they are made amends for, by the recantation and confession of him that is in the wrong; then they shake hands, and are made friends.

The married Women and Maids are very fair and chaste. They have a great care of their House, and keep all their Cupboards, Cabinets, even the Floors, extream neat: some of them are so curious, as not to let you come into their rubb'd Rooms, without putting on a pair of Slippers, or making your own Shooes very clean. The Women do enjoy as much liberty as their Husbands; and it is an unpardonable fault to beat them. I have often heard them say, that if a Husband does beat his Wife, he is bound to give his Neighbours a Gammon of Bacon; and if she beat him, she is bound to give two. Every day they rub and wash the lower Floors, and straw them with fine Sand, and make them so neat, that Strangers often make a scruple of spitting in them. If the Citizens Wives are thus neat, the Countrey people are no wayes inferior to them in that point; for they keep all even to their Stables very clean. The Houshold-stuff of the better sort is very rich, of gold and silver, and carv'd work; good Hangings; excellent Pictures; rare Cabinets, fill'd with China, &c.

I have observ'd one thing of the Hollanders by living long amongst them, which is, that they do not easily give credit to such as tell strange Stories and wonderfull accidents, hapned a great way off; and when, by their silence and postures, they seem to admire it, 'tis then that they believe least of all what you say, but they do not take pleasure in contradicting. They are not given to swearing, nor robbing; but are tender-hearted, and inclin'd to pity, and will not willingly see any body wrong'd in their presence.

They are a little too indulgent to their Children, and are punished for it; for many of them rebell against their Parents, and at last go away to the Indies, the ordinary vent of these Provinces. When any body tells them of their fondness to their Children, they presently say, Does any body spoil their own Face, or cut off their own Nose?

They are very laborious and industrious, and in the name of liberty and profit undertake any thing. They love familiarity, and are much taken with people that being of great quality do not refuse to eat and drink with them. Prince William the first, Prince of Orange, won their hearts with that popular way, and did the King of Spain more mischief by it, than if he had been at the head of an Army against him. They despise and undervalue proud people; and to please them, you must conform to their humour. They are very free, and open apparently, but are indeed alwayes upon their guard. They hate cheats, and are seldome deceiv'd twice.

Those amongst them that are descended from Strangers, do retain something of their first origine, and are a good while before they become right Hollanders.

We have spoke already of their Diet; but this is only to be added, that Trade having brought riches, sumptuosity has followed: so that the Hague may be call'd a compendium of the most glorious Courts in Chrystendome, and Amsterdam the magazine of all that's precious in Europe.

CHAP. V.

Of the Trade of the Hollanders; and the wayes of getting a Livelyhood.

IT is an ordinary saying in Holland, that He that will work can never want, and it is a very true one; for there are so many Trades kept going by their great commerce, that no body can want work. All Arts are here exercised; and experience shews, that Manufactures are better made here than in the other Provinces. All turns to account here; and even they that make clean the Kennals with an Iron, and Nets at the end of it to bring up the ordure, may earn half a Crown a day, if they will work hard. Children, as so on as they are bound Apprentice, get their own bread. Amongst the Countrey people, some make Butter and Cheese; others cut up Turfs; every Marketday they bring their Milk, and Butter, and Whey to Town, which the Tradesmen and Journeymen live most upon.

Among the Citizens, some put out their Money, and live upon the interest; others trade with it, and are call'd Merchants. Their chief Commodities are Butter, and Cheese, and Cloth, and many other Manufactures, as we shall see in the Description of Leyden.

The situation of this noble Province is such, as if Nature intended it for the generall Mart of Europe; for it has the neighbourhood of the Sea, and is it self full of navigable Lakes, Rivers, Channels, all which are night and day loaded with Boats and Passengers. Many Channels have been made since the publication of the peace with Spain, as that from Leyden to Harlem, and from Amsterdam to Goude, which is call'd (Trech-Sch • ite • ) because there the Boats are drawn by Horses, that so they may come in at set-times. The said Channels are made with the greatest ease that can be; for as soon as you have digg'd three or four foot, you meet with the water.

The Herring-Fishing is properly the golden Mines of this Countrey, by the great revenue it brings yearly to it. It is a hard matter to say how many thousands of men are kept by it; for besides those that go to Sea, who are a great number, there are employed as many more in making of Boats and Barrels to pickle them up in.

Every Summer in June there sets out a Fleet of Fishermen from the Meuse; they call them Busses. They cast their Nets near the English Coast upon Midsummer-Eve, according to the ancient custome; they pickle them up in Barrels, and serve all the rest of the world with them: the last Fishing is most valued, and the Herrings of that Fishing are all carried abroad. Ten dayes after Midsummer they may sell them publickly, but not before; then many go up and down, crying, Fresh Herring, which are esteem'd as a dainty by every body. The name of the man that first invented the way of pickleing them, deserves to be known; it was William Bueckeld, and he died at Bieverliet, in the year 1347. Charles the fifth Emperor went one day to see his Tomb, in acknowledgment of the service he had done his Countrey.

The Merchants do every day encrease their Trade by making Societies and Companies, and setting out men of War at their own charges to protect their Ships home. They never want Seamen, for the Hollanders do delight in going to Sea; nay I have heard many of them say, that they could never enjoy their health but at Sea. There are many of these Companies; as that of Moscovy, for Furrs, Skins, and Rye; that of Island and Groenland, for the fishing of Whales: but the chiefest of all, and who with Force and Arms drive a prodigious Trade, are the East and West-India Companies, who have a Patent from the States.

The West-India Company had made great profit by the taking of the Baia de • odos l • s sanctos, and of the Silver Fleet which Jason Peter Hain brought into Holland, in the year 1629. which also was the cause of the taking of Bosleduke from the Spaniards. The taking of Fernambuco did likewise give hopes of conquering the rest of Brasil; but after the depart of the noble Count Morice of Nassaw, the Negroes and Portugueses joyning together, revolted, and reduced the Company to great extremities; since it has suffer'd another defeat, which has almost made an end of ruining it. It has often been proposed to unite it with the East-India Company; but all in vain, for the one is too high and rich, and the other too poor.

The East-India Company has its principall Seat at Amsterdam. 'Tis this Company that has Kings and Kingdomes tributary to it, and depending upon it. 'Tis this Company that makes the Hollanders name famous in the remotest parts of the Earth, and triumphs over the riches of the Orient, bringing home Pearls, Diamonds, Gold, all sorts of Aromatick Druggs, &c. Besides Batavia, the principall Town, the Company has a great number of strong Forts well in order, to protect their Merchants, terrifie Strangers, and keep the Indians in awe. 'Tis thought that the Company payes above 10000 men; the places and employments are much valued, and not to be come by but by the intercession of some great friend.

Every Summer about August there comes in an East-India Fleet of ten or twelve Ships, which is esteem'd to bring in the value of above a million of gold. The prohibitions that Philip King of Spain made to the Hollanders from trading in his Countrey, were the cause of this Enterprize. 'Tis said that the Ve • etians did counsell and further it for a design, which succeeded otherwise than they expected, and to their own loss. The Ships that go for the Indies are of extraordinary bulk. Every one that has put in a thousand pounds may be a Director; and every one that has a hundred pounds there, may have three hundred for it; and every hundred yeelds forty and forty five, sometimes more, sometimes less. The riches of this Company are inestimable; and to go about to describe them, were to desire credit to a thing which to most people would seem fabulous, though they are very reall in themselves.

All the Channels render themselves into Lakes, and they into the Sea. There are two chief overtures to the Ocean; the first is the mouth of the River Meuse, which is at the Brill, and G • ree; the other from Amsterdam, and the Towns of North-Holland, to the Texel.

CHAP. VI.

Of the Imposts and Customes.

THough Holland be both naturally, and by the greatness of its commerce, aboundant in all things; yet every thing is extream dear, and that for two reasons; first, because of the greatness of the Consumption, caus'd by the affluence of people from all parts; the other, because of the Excise which is upon every thing almost, and which is easily supported by the Inhabitants, by reason of the great gains every one is able to make in his profession. These Imposts are so layed and gather'd, that they are willingly payed, though there be nothing free from them. The Money that is thus rais'd, comes to a vast summe, which added to the situation of the Countrey, has made all the King of Spain's endeavours vain. But to shew the greatness of this Tribute, I will give only this example: A Cow of nine years old, if it be sold for five pound, will have payed above six pound to the States. There is never a Dish comes to Table, but has payed excise above twenty times. The States seeing the necessity of having money to defend their liberties, did by little and little, and not all at once, settle these Excises, so that the people bear it chearfully enough. In the time of the War, every one pay'd the two hundredth penny of their Estates; they only that were not worth two hundred pound principall, were exempted from this contribution. There are many other Imposts, which may be all seen in the Second Part of this Book, in the Chapter of Imposts. All that is wonderfull, is to consider that that very thing for the fear of which these Nations revolted from the Spaniards, has been put in execution in a higher manner upon themselves, by their own consent, and prov'd the means of their preservation.

Let us now come to the description of particular Towns; and let us begin by Leyden, which is to the rest, as the Spring is to the other seasons of the year, the gayest, and most pleasant. Towns in other Countries are subject to the injuries of time and revolutions, but here they spring up, encrease, and grow bigger every day. This Town amongst the rest, has had the good fortune to be one of the most flourishing of the Low Countreys. The Ocean is on the West-side of it, and within twelve miles; Harlem on the North, within fifteen; and Amsterdam within one and twenty; Utrect within thirty, towards the East; Delft and the Hague on the South and South-West, and within nine miles distance.

CHAP. VII.

Of Leyden, in Latine Lugdunum Batavorum.

THis Town, the greatest and most pleasant that is in Europe, (if we consider the magnificence of its Buildings, the breadth of its Streets, the conveniencies of its Channels, and the pleasing shade of the Trees planted on each side the Channels) is situated upon the ancient River of Rhene, which goes through it, makes many Islands, and then joyns in one bed at the white Gate. It is almost in the Center of Holland, and from it we will draw lines to the rest of the Cities, which are as it were the circumference. It is a very ancient City, as appears by the Burg, built either by the Romans or Saxons; whence many derive the word Leyden from Legio, there being there a Roman Legion in quarters. The opinion of some is that it was built by an English man, in the year 1050. Plutarch and Ptolomy mention it; and Antonine calls it the Capital of the Germans.

The Burg-graves of Leyden have taken their name from this Burg, which is round and high, and from it one may discover all the adjacent Meadows, the sandy Downs, and the Sea of Harlem. The ascent to it is by steps, and round about it as well as within are Fruit-Trees in abundance. It has about a hundred and fifty foot in compass; and within these few years there has been bred up Hedges all trimm'd, and cut into Labyrinths, which in a short time will make it a very recreative place.

In the year 1121. the great Church was consecrated to St. Peter; 'tis one of the finest Churches in Holland, having three ranks of Pillars on each side without the Quire. It is said that there was a high Tower, which serv'd as a Light-House to those that were at Sea, and pass'd before Catvic, but it fell down in the year 1509.

In the year 1344. the Church dedicated to St. Pancratius, was bless'd; it is a stately Building, so much of it as is done. It is now the Church of the French and Walloons; the great Scaliger lyes buried in it.

In the year 1573. the Spaniards having taken Harlem after a long and tedious siege, went and sate down before Alcmaer; but being forc'd to raise the siege of that place, they came before Leyden; but hearing of Count Frederick de Nassaw his coming, they retir'd. A little after having recruited their Army, they came again under the conduct of their Generall Baldese, who judging that it would be a hard matter to take the Town by force, resolv'd to starve them to a surrender. The Inhabitants endur'd all the extremities of famine, and at last the banks that kept in the Rivers Meuse and Issel, being broke on purpose by the Hollanders, the Spaniards were forced to forsake their Trenches. The first relief came into the Town the third of October, which is still made an anniversary day of Thanksgiving. Every year there is a Play made in representation of this siege, which draws great numbers of people to see it, and the money gather'd is given to poor Orphans. In the middle of the famine a troop of Citizens being come to the door of one Peter Adrian de Verf, cried out aloud, that they must either surrender, or perish with hunger; but he answer'd them with an immortall constancy, Friends, kill me if you will, and divide me between you; for it is the same thing to me to die by your hands, or by the hands of my enemies. They made Paper-money, with this Inscription, H • c libertatis ergo pugno pro patria, &c. which is to say, We endure all these miseries for our liberty and our Countrey. I will adde, that as Leyden has been the second Town that sustain'd valiantly the Spaniards attacks, so the Sas of Gand was the last place but one which fell into the States hands, and that by the fault of the Governor, who was not able to make use of his Sluces, against those who by water had driven the Spaniards from their Walls.

A year after this painfull siege, was establish'd the famous University of Leyden, to recompence the Inhabitants for their constant sufferings. But many other reasons might invite the States to choose this Town before any other; for it is neat, finely built, delicate Walks, and a pleasant Countrey about the Town, the Sea near it. The University was inaugurated the eighth of February, in the year 1574. and every year upon the same day is declar'd Rector, he whom his Highness the Prince of Orange is pleas'd to choose, out of three that are nam'd to him.

Here has alwayes been very famous professors in all faculties; but particularly the Civil Law and Physick have alwayes flourished, by the particular care of his Highness the Prince of Orange. The great Scaliger, and the incomparable Salmazius, have been as the two great Lights among the other Stars of this learn'd Firmament. There are besides Lectures of Divinity, Mathematicks; in all which the professors do excell, as being chosen with care, and well recompenc'd for their labours. When any one dies, the three Curators provide another of the same faculty; so the University is alwayes supplied.

Those Students that are written in the University-Book do enjoy great priviledges. They that are above twenty year old, may have fourscore quarts of Wine in a year, which pay no excise, and half a barrell of Beer every moneth free likewise. They give a groat to the Servants of the University every quarter.

The Rector or Chancellor has his Counsellors, before whom are brought all quarrels, and they endeavour to make the parties agree; if they will not, then they may go to a triall before the University-Counsell, where the Rector presides, and decides without appeal in civil matters. If any of the Students have committed a crime that deserves death or otherwise, the Officers of justice cannot take him before they have the Rectors consent; and then too they may not carry him to a loathsome prison, but into the Town-House Hall.

Duels are severely prohibited, ever since a Danish Student was kill'd in one. Besides they are forbid to commit any riot in the night time, or break the Citizens Windows, under pain of a considerable Fine, and often of being bannish'd.

There is a Watch goes on purpose to hinder such disorders, which takes away Scholars Swords if they be insolent, and carries them to prison, where next day they are produc'd before the University-Counsell. There are also as good Masters for all Exercises, as Riding, Dancing, &c. as any where, and the Italian, French, and Spanish Tongues are taught excellently well. Here are Students of all Nations of Europe, most of them Gentlemen of good Families; and often Princes, and great Lords Sons, have been seen to come hither for their education. They all have a dependance upon the Rector; and to this day never any Member of the University was put to death, except a servant to a Prince, who confess'd himself to be the author of a murder that had been committed.

The University has Schools for the different Lectures; and on the Northside of the great Court, is the famous Printing Press of John Elzevier, so well known for his fair Characters. It is placed upon the Rapembourg, the fairest Street of all the Town; for in the middle of it runs a large Channell, and of each side is a rowe of tall Trees from one end to the other. The Pavy has a little fall towards the Channell, so that it can never be dirty let there fall never so much rain. There are five fair Bridges over this Channell, and abundance of delicate Houses on each side. 'Tis not only this Street that is thus shaded, but all the Town; so that he was in the right that desir'd to know, whether Leyden was in a Wood, or a Wood in Leyden. We should never have done if I would particularize all the singularities of Leyden: the great and most frequented Street begins at the Gate of the Hague, and ends at Utrect Gate; it is the broadest and highest Street of the Town. The most considerable next is Harlem Street, which has a Channell call'd the old Rhene, into which all the other Channels do fa • l, and which ends it self at Catvic. It is adorn'd with four stone Bridges, one of which is the largest and fairest of all the Town: it is call'd the Corn-Bridge, because that on every Market-day the Countrey people take up their stations upon it with their Corn. There is another likewise call'd the Fish-Bridge, because the Fishermen do there expose their Sea-Fish to sale. The best Fish comes from Catvic; that of Maeslantsluys is not valued, as being ordinarily stale.

If this City had but running Water, a great Market-place, and some fountains of clear Water for drink, it would be the pleasantest in all Europe; but nothing can be ex omni parte beatum, accomplish'd in all points. There has been lately built a Church in a circular figure, admir'd by all Strangers for its incomparable Architecture both within and without. The first Sermon was preach'd in it some weeks before Easter, in the year 1650.

The Town is so populous, by reason that poor people of the neighbouring Countries do seek a refuge here in time of War, that it is a hard matter to get a Chamber in the new Town. Here is the great manufacture of that excellent Cloths which are transported all the world over; they cannot make any such any where else. The fine Wool comes from Spain, and the course from England, and Pom • rania. All sorts of Nations work in the manufacture, where many other Stuffs are made.

In Summer during the hot weather, these Channels do send forth a noysome smell, particularly when the weather inclines to rain; the reason of it is, the drying up of the Lake of Soetermeer, which did use to cleanse the Town by flowing into it. To prevent this, the Magistrates have caus'd two large Channels to be made, and two Mills to be set upon them, to drive the Water into the Town at one end, and two other that drive or carry it out at the other end; so that by this invention the City is free'd from that noysom and infectious smell, though often it fail too in the great heat of Summer, when there is a great calm, and no winde stirring.

We must not omit to speak of the Anatomy-House; it being the place that ought most to attract Strangers eyes, for the singular curiosities that are in it. There you shall see Egyptian Mummiaes, Pagan Idols, Birds and Beasts brought from China, and remoter places, whole Skeletons, and an infinite number of other things, which cannot be here set down, no more than viewed, in a short time. In the forepart of this Church, above the Fencing-School that was, and is now the English Church, there is a fine Library full of all sorts of Books in all Tongues; besides the Legacy of great Scaliger, which is a number of Hebrew Books; all the Manuscripts of the Library of Bonaventure, Vulcan, and the Books that Golias brought out of the Levant. There are other private Libraries, which the civility of the owners makes publick: and it is not only the Professors, but even the Citizens that are curious in Libraries; insomuch that if Authors were lost else-where, they would soon be restor'd by the Hollanders.

There are often Libraries publickly sold to them that give most for them; and this way of exposing all sorts of Goods to publick sale, is very ordinary in Holland, and they that buy them have credit for some moneths.

The City has eight Gates all new, with their Bridges. The Galleries beyond the Town-Ditch are set with Trees, having on one side the Rampart, and on the other are the Gardens and Meadows near the Town.

The City was very un-inhabited for a great while after the siege; the Grass did grow in the Streets, and most of the Houses were thatch'd: but now they are all cover'd with Tile, or blew Slate; and since the year 1636. this Town is embelish'd, and grown better by half in half.

There is an Hospitall for poor Passengers, and decayed old people; as also a Bedlam or place for mad folks; all being very neatly kept, and the sick well serv'd. The Orphans Hospitall is a noble Building, and of a great extent. In it are ordinarily about 500. Children, who are taught to read and write, and bound Apprentices as they grow up. Besides this, there are great numbers of Alms-Houses for poor people; they call them Hoffies in Dutch: the fairest of these is the Papegraft.

The care that is taken in Holland of such Families as cannot get their living, is very remarkable, and deserves praise. In the Winter time there are deliver'd to them at the publick charge, so many Blankets, Sheets, so much Bread, &c. to keep them from dying either by cold or hunger. They that are either over-burdened with Children, or otherwise undone by any accident, go to the Masters of the poor, and receive relief according to their necessities. But this charity is not extended to the poor Catholicks, though the gatherings be made generally, and from all Religions. The number of those that have a share in this charity mounts ordinarily to above 20000. in this City.

Every quarter the Magistrate goes through the Town, having beforehand given notice to the Citizens, and makes a collection of what every one is pleas'd to bestow. And thus all the poor are so supplied, that in any extremity they cannot want Bread, and so cannot from their necessity take an occasion of rising. This is practis'd through all Holland; but no where so exactly as at Leyden.

In the year 1629. the King of Swedeland having landed an Army in Borussia, stopt all the Rivers, and hindred the coming of Corn from Poland; whereupon Bread grew so dear of a sudden, that the common people not being able to go to the price, began to mutiny, and some of them broke in upon a Baker. But immediately the Citizens appearing in Arms, dissipated this tumultuous rabble, and having whipt two or three of them, made the rest go quietly home. Then the Magistrates gave out Rye to the Bakers, to distribute to such poor as should bring such a mark in testimony of their poverty.

Every year in April the Magistrates go through all the Town, and every one must set forth before his door his Fire-Ladder, Buckets, and Sayl, to the end that if Fire should happen any where, it might be readily extinguish'd. This is a very laudable custome, and observ'd over all Holland. All night long in Winter, from nine of the clock to four in the morning, there are men that go through every Street with a Bell, singing the hours and half-hours. They are bound to convey to their Lodgings all drunken people, and such as have lost their way. They take care against Fires; give warning to those that have not shut their doors.

In Summer they begin at ten of the clock, and retire at four in the morning. They that set upon them or affront them, are severely punish'd; as was seen lately at the Hague, where a great Lord having in drink kill'd one of them, was notwithstanding all powerfull intercessions, beheaded, to be an example to every one else.

The Magistrates that administer justice are chosen out of the forty Notables, all Protestants, and rich Citizens. Out of these are chosen every year four Bourgemasters at St. Martins Feast in November, and seven Aldermen on St. James day in July.

There is besides another Assembly, call'd the Masters of the Pupils and Orphans; before whom such Men or Women that have Children, but desire to marry again, must appear, and take their Oath that they have conceal'd no part of their Estate, but that their Inventory is good and true; and then the Parents are bound to breed them according to their quality, and to assign them a summe of Money upon an immoveable, proportionable to the principall.

The Towns has besides, its Overseers and Surveyors for Building; that when any thing, as Bridges or Gates, &c. requires repair, it may be speedily done.

Every year there are two great Fairs at Leyden, during which time no man can be arrested for Debt. The chiefest is held on Ascension day, and lasts eight dayes. Upon the Monday the Citizens meet in the Dozles, a place full of Trees, where every one may exercise in shooting with Cross-bowes, and Bowes and Arrows. It is a very pleasant place, by reason of the shady Walks, and of two good Taverns that are in it; in the Windows of one of which are represented all the Earls of Holland, down to Philip King of Spain. In most of the Towns of Holland there are of these Dozles, which shews the warlike temper of these Nations, so far as to be able to preserve their liberties.

In this place the six Companies of Citizens, which make near 2000 men, do use to train. The most ancient Captain has the Van. They appear with great glory, and perform their Exercises very well.

The other Fair is that which us'd to be held in memory of the deliverance of Leyden, and was wont to last ten dayes; but it is now put down, and the Story only represented in a Tragedie, to which there is great flocking.

Now let us say something about their way of selling Houses, Gardens, &c.

'Tis ordinarily about the end of November till February, that Houses are to be sold. There is a note set up declaring the situation of the House, the Owner, the Neighbours, the name of him that lives in it, and his Trade; and lastly, the House where the Bargain is to be driven on a set day. The day being come, all those that have a mind to it come to the House appointed, which is ordinarily a Tavern. And thus the business is managed:

An Attorney with a Cryer goes through all the Chambers, where there is Company, reads the Conditions upon which it is to be sold, and declares whether there be any Rent charg'd upon it or no. The Cryer asks them if they have all heard, and observ'd well what has been read, and who amongst them will se •• a price upon the House. For example, a House shall be worth 600. pound; and in the first Chamber there will be offer'd 320. then the Cryer goes to the second Chamber, and tells them that the House has been already valued at 320. thereupon it may be some body offers 20. more. Then he goes to the third, and so to all; and it may be the House is rais'd to 400. pounds. Then he comes back to the first, and tells them, Gentlemen, the House is valued at 400. then it may be some body addes 20. more. The Cryer goes back to all the Chambers, and if no body offer more, he goes to the seller, and tells him what is offer'd for his House; if • he does not like the price, he bids the Cryer 〈◊〉 , that if there be any body that will speak to the seller, he may come to him. And if he be very desirous to be rid of his House, then he sends a Duccatoon or two, with this condition, that he that will raise 50. pound in the price, shall have the money. The Cryer goes back and tells the company; then he that sayes first (to me) has the money. Then the Cryer goes back, and his Master gives him more money: for example, if the first were two Duccatoons for 50. pounds, the second money shall be two Duccatoons, and two Angels in gold, for him that shall bid 30. pound more. If that be taken, then he brings a greater summe still, till there be no body left that will take any more money; and all those that do take any are oblig'd to declare their names. This being done, it may be does not yet make up above 500. pound; then the Cryer tells them, Gentlemen, my Master would fain make 600. pound of his House. I will bate the other 100. pound by degrees; then he begins, 90. 80. 70. 60. 50. 40. 30. 20. 10. till there be some body that speaks; and then the House is sold for 500. pound, and so much odd money as hath been taken. If he bate all, and no body speak, then he that took the last money is the buyer, and must give in security the same night. If it happen that some body has drawn money, under hopes of being out-bid, with intention to keep the money, if unluckily for him no body does out-bid him, he must take the House; if he can give no security, he is carried to prison, and publickly whipt, to give example to the rest. The House thus sold, and security given, the buyer is to pay all the charges, which come to 10. pounds at least, so that they that have been there, are scot-free.

The Gardens and Tombs are sold ordinarily after the same manner; the money to be laid down in three payments, and of every 40. Crowns, the City is to have one, which is a great revenue to it. Thus I have describ'd at length the way of selling, because it is almost the same thing in all the other Towns of Holland.

In the year 1635. and 36. it pleas'd God to visit Holland, and particularly Leyden, with a great Plague, insomuch that the Church-yards could not hold the dead, but the Bastions were taken to bury them in.

At the same time, or a little after, the Plague being somewhat over, War was proclaim'd between the two Crowns of France and Spain, that made many people who before liv'd upon the Frontiers, come and seek refuge at Leyden; they fill'd up the empty Houses. Seven years after by the command of the Magistrates, the Church-yards were levell'd, the dead bones transported else-where, and Trees planted, which now do begin to grow.

There are many other particularities; as the Prison where the Count William was born. The Count Florent was also born at Leyden.

In the Chamber of the Bourgemasters, there is a Picture of Luke of Leyden's making, which was so valued by the Emperor Rodolf, that he offer'd to give as many pieces of gold for it, as would cover it. It represents the day of Judgement.

John of Leyden, a Taylor, was in the first change of the Roman Religion, made King of the Anabaptists; and having seized Munster, he made himself be treated as a King, wearing a Crown of gold; and when he did go abroad, had alwayes two Boyes before him, one of which carried a Sword, and the other the Bible. All that did not fall down and worship him were immediately condemned to die, and executed. He kept 14. Wives, and caus'd one to be kill'd, because she despis'd his inspirations. The Bishop laid siege to the place, and John made the people endure as much as ever Saguntum or Jerusalem endur'd, assuring them still of a sudden deliverance. But at last the Town was taken, and the King with his accessaries taken and punish'd as they deserv'd. They keep yet at Leyden the Table upon which this Taylor did use to sit and work. May all those that disobey their Magistrates come to as bad an end.

CHAP. VIII.

Of the Territory about Leyden.

THe Territory about Leyden is call'd Rhinlant, where is made the best Butter of all Holland. It is full of many fine Villages, which for the nobleness of their Buildings might be reckoned small Towns.

I will begin with Rinsbourg, which was anciently a well fortified Town. About a league from it, Petronella, Sister to the Emperor Lotair, founded an Abbey for Nuns of quality; and by its ruines it ap 〈…〉 have been a fine structure. The 〈…〉 many ancient Epitaphs; one I have seen of a Nun in the year 1218. It did depend for the spirituall on the Bishoprick of Utrect, and so did all Holland, there being in it never a Bishops See; but not for the temporall, as some have writ. The Earls of Holland and their Ladies did use to be buried here.

A league further is Nortvic, within a mile of the Sea. Because of the pleasantness of the place many Gentlemen live in it. Valkenbourg next is a famous place for the Horse-Fair held there every moneth of September; I have been told, that before the War there did come to it Merchants from all parts of the world. It is a very pleasant place, as well as Catvic, where live many rich men that live of their revenues. The Rhene did anciently enter the Sea here; and there was a square Castle built at the mouth of the River, but it is now buried under water. We find it written, that there were the Romans Magazines and Store-houses against the English. Of late when the Sea has been very 〈◊〉 • y a constant South-wind, the 〈…〉 ndations have been seen.

In Summer the Scholars and Citizens go to wash there, and eat fresh Fish; as also to breathe the salt Air of the Sea, which is held very wholesome. They that hire Horses may go all along the shore by the two Catvicks, and Walckembourg, and return by Nortvic, Rinsbourg, and Oestgeest. Wassenaer is situated just by the sandy Downs; it did formerly belong to the Prince de Lime, but now it belongs to the honourable Family of the Wassenaers.

Warmout is a league and half from the Town on Harlem-side. By the way are two or three very fine Farms; and particularly one near the Channell: when you have pass'd the Bridge, you leave upon your right hand Lochorst, and then you come into the most delicious Village in the world; the Lord of it is Mr. James Wassenaer, whose Father was Admiral, and has eminently serv'd the publick in military and civil employments. The Arminians have a Church here; the Church is on the out-side of the Village; as also the Lords House, which is a fair Castle, with a Moat round about it.

Oestgeest is a Village in the Sands, which belongs to the Corporation of the City of Leyden. I my self have seen the Sand taken away three foot deep, carried to the Town and there sold; and an Acre of that ground which before was not worth 20. pound, made worth fourscore. Soutervoude is to the South, at a leagues distance from the Town; the way to it lies through Lam, leaving on your left hand the Castle of Cronestien, a fine House, and Gardens. This Village is little, but it is in a fine Soil, and has the best pasture grounds about Leyden.

The Magistrates have bought the Lordship of it; as also that of Leyderdorp, a Village that has more Palaces than Countrey peoples Houses. 'Tis here where we must admire the magnificence of the Citizens; for one would think that there were an emulation between them, who should shew most marks of riches by their expences. It is built on both sides the Rhene, that goes through it; and behinde the Houses in the Meadows is a Church, behinde which there was formerly a Monasterie. Between Leyden and Ferrie there was another Nunnerie, which was built upon a clayish ground, out of which Bricks are made now. In the year 1616. the Work-men found in digging two Meddals of gold, representing the Emperor Nero to the life; I have seen them both. Woorschoten is another fine Village, belonging to Monsieur de Duvenvoord, whose Father was Keeper of the Great Seal. Hereabouts the Countrey is so delicious, that it is a kind of Paradise upon earth; as well because of the diversity of Fields, Meadows, and Woods, as of the prospect of so many stately Edifices, and neat Gardens.

The Countrey people wear very good Cloathes, ordinarily of black, but without Cloaks. Their Wives have gold Rings on their fingers. It is not very rare to meet with Peasants here worth 10000. pound; they enjoy as great a liberty as any Citizen. Every Village has its Bailif, Secretary, Bourgemaster, and Judges; and besides a certain sort of Countreymen that they call Welboremans, that is, men of a good Family, and well descended.

Alphen is half way to Woorde, and takes its name from a Roman Knight. There are very few Antiquities to be seen in Holland, because that all the Countrey has been chang'd and new peopled, and the Towns and Villages new built; so that there are no footsteps of what it was, it is so encreased in riches and beauty. I come now to Caudekerk, where there is a fair Castle belonging to Monsi • ur de Podgeest. All these Villages have their Fairs once a year, which anciently were never kept without some skirmish at Back-sword. The stoutest did use to hang up a Back-sword, and he that did come and touch it, was engaged in a combate, which was to be perform'd after this manner: First the parties break off the points of their Swords; then they take their Hats in their left hands to defend their faces, and nevertheless they often pare off a Cheek, or a Nose, or so. But these Duels are strictly forbidden, and severely punish'd, if attempted.

This Countrey is so finely diversified, that it wants nothing for a perfect prospect. For though Vines do not naturally grow in it, yet by the industry of the Inhabitants, there are many which produce Grapes enough for their eating. And as for Wine, they are sufficiently furnish'd by Sea.

Now I come back to the Town, and observe, that it is the Garden of all the adjacent Province for Lettice, Parsley, Carrets, Pease, Beans, Parshley, &c. which are transported to Zeeland and Utrect. At Amsterdam you shall hear them cry, Leyden Parsnips. And indeed the Gardiners industry is most admirable, for they have five or six crops in a year upon the same ground. I was desirous to know how much an Acre of ground might be worth to be sold; and it was answer'd, that Meadow was about sevenscore pound an Acre; Corn grounds about 200. but Gardenage about 250. and sometimes 300. pound an Acre.

Every day at six of the clock goes off the first Boat for Amsterdam, and at twelve a clock the last; at eight and at eleven for Harlem; at twelve for Utrect. There are eight Barks for the Hague, and as many for 〈◊〉 elft. And so from these two Towns for Leyden; from the Spring to October they go out at five a clock; and after, at half an hour past five. The Arms of the Town are the Cross Keyes.

The Citizens are govern'd with so much moderation by the Magistrates, that since the beginning of the Commonwealth to this day, there has been no tumult nor rising by reason of Taxes, Impositions, or the coming of Strangers, or for any other cause.

But now let us come to that powerfull City, from which Neptune seems to take his Orders; I mean Amsterdam.

CHAP. IX.

Of Amsterdam.

THis Town which has not its like in the whole world, if we consider its Commerce, the conveniency of its Harbour, and the means it has of setting out powerfull Fleets, takes its name from a Castle built upon Ye, belonging to the Lords of Amstel. It is seven leagues distant from Leyden, and you may go to it four different wayes; the most ordinary is that of the great Lake; the next by Harlem, and by the Channell made lately; the third in a Waggon, or on Horseback, by the Veenes; and the fourth by the night-Boat, that you meet at Leyderdorp. Since the late Wars, this Town is encreased above two thirds; and therefore we shall inquire into its Antiquities.

Many think that at first it was but a little Village for Fishermen, which has encreas'd by little and little. In the year 1296. the Lord of Amstel was one of the Confederates of Gerrard de Velsen, who kill'd the Count Florent.

1470. the Town was wall'd with a brick Wall, to resist the invasions of those of U • rect, who had often brought the Town into great danger. Not long after it was almost all consum'd by fire; then built again, and according as Trade encreas'd, it grew bigger still, and richer. The Emperor Maximilian in acknowledgement of the good services they had done him, and as a testimony of their industry and Trade, added an Imperial Crown over their Coat of Arms, which are three Crosses, almost like St. Andrews.

There was formerly in it three Monasteries for men, and thirteen Nunneries, which are all now employed to other uses.

The Factions of the Houcs and the Cabelians have often afflicted this noble City, like those of the G • elphes and Gibelins in Italy. But that which brought it nearest its ruine, was the attempt made by the Anabaptists.

In the year 1525. that wicked King of Munster desiring to strengthen his party, by the addition of some considerable place, sent one of his Emissaries, nam'd Golen; who passing through Friezeland rais'd great tumults and seditions there: which being quash'd, he fled to Amsterdam, and there lurking for a while, struck in at last with a man of his own principles, call'd Groet Belite, and they two together resolv'd to make a party, and set upon the Town at some unexpected hour. They got together the chief of their Sect, and made a resolution to fall on at midnight by the sound of a Bell; but this wicked plot was discover'd just upon its execution, and with much ado hindred: for a young man of their side went and told the Magistrates, that the Anabaptists to the number of 600. were marching to seize the Town. While they were yet in deliberation, they heard the sound of Drums, and found that the Anabaptists had already gotten into the Market-place, and invaded the Townhouse. In this confusion a Citizen had the fore-sight to carry away the Rope of the Bell, which the seditious did intend to ring, as a signall to all theirs to unite, and a terrour to the sleepy Citizens, that did luckily contribute much to the saving of the City. For by this time, the Magistrates having sent about, and got many House-keepers under Arms, resolv'd to stop up all the Avenues to the Market-place with Hopsacks, and make a strong Barricado behinde them. The morning come, gave the Townsmen leave to see the greatness of the wickedness intended, and the inconsiderable number of the seditious; who seeing themselves exposed to be pelted in that wide place, took sanctuary in the Town-house, but thither they were pursued and cut in pieces, some few scaping by the favour of the night that came on. This conjuration thus quell'd, the Magistrates forbid the Citizens under great penalties, to lodg any Stranger that should be infected with such dangerous principles. Yet in the year 1515. there were more of these Fanaticks, both men and women, that running naked through the Streets with horrible cryes, had like to have surprized the Town-house, but they were suppress'd and punish'd. The Anabaptists of this age do renounce them, for they do not hold it lawfull to fight at all.

All this great Town is built upon Pilotis, which are great Trees driven by main force into the ground, which is all moorish, to be as a foundation to build upon; and ordinarily it costs as much laying, as all the rest of the Fabrick does building up. The Town is like a Crescent, or half Moon, which ere it be long will fill up its round. In the Port there are so many Vessels, that we may say that he that has not seen Amsterdam, has not seen a Harbour: for in the Spring, from one end to the other of it, there is such a forrest of Masts, that Strangers are struck with wonder, and do believe, with reason, that all the Harbours of the world together cannot make so many Sayl.

Every year in April there goes out a great Fleet for the Baltic Sea; I have heard many say, that in that Fleet in the time of War do go above 1500. Sayl of Ships: then reckon all those that go for France, and elsewhere, and all the Barks that are upon the Channels in the Town.

The finest Streets are the Fosses, the Imperial, the Royal, the Cingel, the Street of Harlem, which is all newly built There are also three prodigious Sluces; and all the Bridges that were formerly of wood, are now of stone, with iron Vails and Balasters.

The Town house which is now a building, the foundations of which have cost many hundred thousands of pounds, is to be a Master-piece, and a miracle beyond the seven that Antiquity bragg'd so much of.

In the year 1595. the Monasterie of Sancta Clara was chang'd into a House of correction, call'd the Tucht Huyse, for those Children that will not be obedient to their Parents. At the coming in, there are two Lions upon the door, bridled, as an emblem to the wilde youth of the Town. They make them work; some sawe Brasil-wood, others do harder things, according to their faults and dispositions. If they refuse to work, they are put into a low Cellar, and water is let in upon them; if they will stand still and be drown'd, they may; if they will pump and deliver themselves, then they are help'd out again.

Some are put in for their life, others for a certain time. As lately there is a Law, that whosoever draws his Knife to strike another, shall either pay 10. pound fine, or work three moneths in the House of correction. Some are put in by their rich Parents, not to work, but only to put a stop to their extravagant expences, and they come out when they give testimonies of their repentance, and desire to mend.

The same year there was a like House set up for young Maids, that should live in a licentious way. Every year in August it is free for all people to go in, and see the miserable condition of these offenders.

The great Hospital has above 4000. pound a year; besides, it is thought that every year there are distributed many thousands of pounds to poor Families.

The East-India Company has a noble House, full of rich treasure; as also the Bank-Generall, in which are alwayes many millions. This Company is grown so powerfull, that they can set out a Fleet of men of War if need be; and in the Indies they make nothing of waging War with Kings, as lately with the King of Java, and yet drove on their Trade too.

There are here many fair Churches; but I shall mention only that of St. Katherine, burn'd down in 1645. and is now built again better than before. Hard by the said Church are laid the foundations of a Tower, which is to be exceeding high; 6000, 300, and odd great Trees have been driven into a piece of ground of about a 100. foot square, to be Pilotis for the foundation of the Tower. In the Church the Ministers Pulpit is contriv'd with great art, with the four Evangelists, and a Tower above it. In the Glass-windows is the good Emperor Maximilian his Picture.

There are two great Suburbs or Fauxbonrgs, one upon the way to Utrect, and the other that goes to Overtom, a Village where the Boats that come from Leyden pass upon Rowlers. There is built a fair Pest-house.

'Tis commonly said that this City is very like Venice; for my part I believe Amsterdam to be much superiour in riches: though the most serene State of Venice can bragg of having maintain'd a War for this twenty year, against the whole force of the Turks, without assistance from any but the Pope. This Town is exceedingly well govern'd; every ones liberty preserv'd, and safety provided for all: and even in the night-time you may go any where, without fear of being robb'd or kill'd.

The Air is not quite so good as at Leyden, by reason that it is environ'd with Marishes, which make it in accessible; but it is better seated for Trade, which is its life. Let us go to Harlem.

CHAP. X.

Of Harlem, and some Villages round about it.

I Shall speak very little of the Antiquity of this pleasant Town; for in the darkness of past times it is so hard to distinguish fables from truth, that it will make any wise person forbear from obtruding old Stories upon an ingenuous Reader.

The first time we find any mention made of the valour of its Inhabitants, is in the year 1245. when Pope Innocent at the Council of Lyons made St. Lewis King of France, and William Earl of Holland undertook the relief of the holy Land. For the Army being come before Damietta, a great Chain did hinder the approach of the Navy: this the Harlemmen undertook to break, and did execute their design, giving entry to the whole Fleet; in memory of which the Town has for Arms, a Sword with four Stars, and a Cross at the end of it.

William King of the Romans gave the Inhabitants many great priviledges. But if the victory carried in Palestina made them famous, the Art of Printing here invented has made them as remarkable: though Me • ts an Electorall Town does claim the same honour, but not so justly; for it was by a Prentice who upon Christmas-Eve run away from Harlem, with the Letters and Instruments serving to the Art of Printing, taking his time when all the people were at Church. Laurent Coster was the name of the man that invented this Art.

In the year 1292. the Faction of the Casembrots seized upon the Town, and plunder'd the Houses of most of the considerable Citizens; but it was crush'd by Albert Duke of Saxony, and the Town condemn'd to a Fine of 27000. Crowns, and to the loss of its priviledges.

In the year 1574. the Spaniards under the conduct of Frederick, Son to the Duke of Alba, having taken Sutphenen, and cruelly cut the throats of all the Townsmen of Naerden, came and laid siege to Harlem: the Garrison was 4000. strong, and refusing all conditions of a surrender, made brave sallyes upon them, hanging the Spanish prisoners upon the Walls; and in derision of the tenth penny which the Spaniard would levy, throwing over to them eleven Heads of their prisoners. But the Spaniards were sufficiently reveng'd, for they forced them to yeeld at discretion, though the very Women fought valiantly for their liberty.

This Town is rather long than square, and is wash'd by the River Sparen.

In the Market-place is the Townhouse, a stately Building; and over against it is the great Church, dedicated to St. Bavon: it is looked upon as the finest Church in all Holland.

There are many Meadows about the Town; and on the Sea-side mountains of Sand; and there is a Wood towards Leyden, about half a mile from the Town, which is a great diversion to the Citizens, not only of Harlem, but of Amsterdam. Towards the North there are Suburbs and great Gardens. Harlem is pretty populous, and holds a perpetuall communication with Amsterdam and Leyden by Boats, which go and come at all hours. In the year 1657. was made a Channell between Leyden and the said Town.

The greatest Trade of Harlem is in Linnen; for there is the finest and whitest Holland. There are likewise many Weavers: I remember I was told that once all these Weavers forsook their Trade, and turn'd Tulip-Merchants, at the time when the fancy for Tulips did reign over all the Low-Countries and France. Besides, they do brew excellent Beer in this Town, which being transported into Friezeland grows better there than in Harlem it self.

The Villages round about are Hemstede, Sparenvow, Tetrode, &c. There are also the Castles of Brederode, Harlee, and Velsen; of which there remains little but the ruines. Monsieur Adrian Paw, Lord of Hemstede, &c. has compil'd there a fair Library of Books, of all Languages and Sciences, and such a one as will hardly be match'd by any private person. He is a very eminent man, employed as Plenipotentiary in the Treaty at Munster; though some do endeavour to cast aspersions upon him, as if he had had a hand in the troubles of England.

Between Harlem and Leyden there are many fair Villages; amongst which Helegon, Lys, and Tassum, are three of the best, not above a league distant from one another. Not far from them is the House of Feiling, now belonging to his Highness the Prince of Orange; and a noble Castle that Monsieur Dalmade has caus'd to be built of late. In coming from Harlem to Leyden, you have the Downs or sandy Hills on the right hand, and on the left the great Lake of Harlem which is alwayes cover'd with Boats, going and coming with Merchandizes.

CHAP. XI.

Of Delft, and its Villages.

THis Town is situated in a Plain amongst pleasant Meadows, and was built by Godfrey the Crooked, Duke of Lorrain, who had conquer'd Holland by the assistance of the Bishop of Utrect. I find nothing in our Annals concerning this place that is memorable, except that after a siege of six weeks, the Town was taken by Albert of Bavaria, because they had receiv'd the Faction of the Hoves: the Town was dis-mantled, the Castle pull'd down, and the Inhabitants fin'd 10000. Crowns to the Duke.

In the year 1536. in the moneth of May, the Town was burnt down by accident; and it was observ'd that a — not being able to save her young ones, because they were not fledged, flew her self into the flame, and died with them: but out of the ashes of this rose a much more noble Town.

1584. The Prince William of Orange was traiterously kill'd by a Bourguignon, and there lies buried in a pompous Monument, in acknowledgement of the great actions he perform'd for the publick liberty.

There are two fair Churches, which have each a very high Steeple; and a Town-house at the end of the Market-place, with an Inscription in Latin upon it, to this purpose:

This House hates, loves, punishes, conserves, and honours, Wickedness, Peace, Crimes, Laws, good men. Haec Domus odit, amat, punit, conservat, honorat, Nequitiam, Pacem, Crimina, Jura, bonos.

They have here a great Trade of Beer, which they brew very well. The Town is not so big as Leyden, but it has a fairer Market-place; and though there be not so much Trade, nor the Houses so richly adorn'd on the inside, yet are there very rich Citizens. The Countrey about lies lower than about Leyden; therefore in certain seasons, as when the Wind is North-East, if they should open their Sluces, all the Meadows about Delft would be overflown. Delft is but four leagues from Leyden, and you have the convenience of a Waggon. Between these two Towns lies Lordsendam, a great and fair Village, which grows rich since the Channell of Leyden was made. There are two great Sluces to preserve the Countrey about Delft.

Voorburg is a little on one side the Channell, and is the ancientest Village in Holland. There are yet to be seen some foundations of a strong Castle built by the Romans, as it appears by the Inscriptions of the Stones that are every day taken from among the ruines. It being so near the Hague, and upon the passage of so many people, seems rather a Town than a Village. It is but two leagues and a half from Leyden, and one league from the Hague.

Losdun is a Village near the Hague, in which was a Nunnery for Gentlemen, and Noblemens Daughters, and no others; founded by Margaret, Countess of Holland, whose Daughter Machtilde was brought abed of 365. Children at once, as many as there are dayes in the year; who were all baptized by Otho, Bishop of Utrect: the name of John was given to the males, and that of Elizabeth to the females, who all died the same day with their Mother. The Story sayes that this Princess refus'd Alms to a poor Woman, that had Twins in her Arms, saying, that they were not of one mans getting; whereupon the poor Woman finding her self unjustly suspected, wish'd her as many at a time as there were dayes in the year. In memory of this History there is a Picture hung up in the Church, with an Inscription to this purpose; Here is a monstrous and memorable thing, which has not had its like since the beginning of the world: Reader, having perused this Story, go away and admire it.

Near the Meuse there is a Castle with 365. Windows, which are the names of the said Children; and yet there are many people that do not believe this Story at all. This Village has a sandy ground on one side of it, and on the other a fertile Corn-Countrey, call'd Vestland.

CHAP. XII.

Of Dort.

THis Town is very ancient, and rich, by reason of the great abundance of all sorts of Merchandizes that come down the Rhene. Its situation is incomparable; for it is environ'd with the Waters of the Rhene and Meuse, which make it a place of great Trade. It is call'd the Maiden Town, because it was never taken, though often besieged, and once particularly by the Duke of Brabant, in the year 1304. For he having conquer'd a great part of Holland, and committed all sorts of inhumanities upon that Nation, sate down at last before Dort; but the Citizens unexpectedly sallying out upon him, routed his whole Army, and pursued him to Bosleduke; and in their way home, obtain'd a victory over the Flemmings at Isselmond.

In the year 1421. upon St. Katherines day, the Banks broke near Dort, and about threescore and ten fair Villages were swallowed up by this unmercifull Element of Water; and above a 100000. men died miserably with their Wives and Children. It is said, that a wicked Countrey-Boor being envious of his Neighbours prosperity, made one night a Hole in the Bank, that he might drown him and all his Family in their Beds, with a design of stopping it again: but the Tide coming in with a strong Winde, broke quite through; first drown'd this perfidious Rogue, and then overwhelm'd all that stood in its way. Since the Water having by little and little been driven away by the industry of the infatigable Inhabitants, they have drain'd most part of that which lay under Water, and discover'd some Villages. There is hopes of getting all, during this peace; but it can only be done in the great heat of Summer.

As it happens often, that when we are ignorant of the cause of a thing, we are apt to attribute it to some invisible supernaturall power, or to our sins, that provoke Gods anger; so some have said, that these Villages were drown'd, because they did make ill use of their great riches; that they would not wear any other than golden Spurrs, and liv'd in a great magnificence.

But let us return to the Town, which by an unlucky accident of Fire had like to have been quite destroyed; there were burn'd above 2000. Houses, with the Town-house, and Cathedral-Church.

1618. the National Syn • d was held in the same Town, under the Authority of the high and mighty Lords the States Generall, to decide those Controversies that were risen concerning Predestination. There were present many learned men both from France and other parts; amongst others, the most Reverend Father in God the Archbishop of Canterbury, who since was beheaded in the troubles in England.

Dort was the place where was born that factious Preacher, Brother Cornelius Adrian, of whom the people to this day tell so many pleasant Stories. For my part, I have heard worthy persons say, that he was really a very eloquent person, who did ravish his hearers with admiration; but that he did handle some points, that were a little too free in those dayes; but he fear'd no body. He died at Bruges.

It is to be observ'd, that when the Earls of Holland were to be inaugurated, that is, acknowledged for lawfull Princes, they did first come into Dort, and there did swear to the States to observe all their liberties and priviledges, from whom consequently they did receive an Oath of Allegiance. In the Assembly of the States of Holland, the Dort-Deputies have the first place, and speak first.

Before the Town are taken great quantities of all sorts of Fish, and particularly of Salmon; for in one year there were sold in the said Town 892. Salmons: and it is commonly said, that Servants put it in their bargain, that they shall not eat Salmon above twice a Week.

There is a very convenient Port for • ll Merchandizes coming down the • hene; and it is in this City that all the Rhenish Wine is first unloaden. But this is enough of the first Town of Holland in dignity; which besides the beauty of its Edifices, is placed in a fruitfull Soyl, and a temperate Air. Leyden is distant ten leagues from Dort, and the ordinary way is by Water.

CHAP. XIII.

Of Goude.

THis is the sixth and last of the great Towns, five leagues from Leyden. It lies upon the River Yss • l, upon the conjunction of two Rivers, of which the Waters are clear, and full of Fish. There are many delicious Gardens for the Citizens diversion; and the Air is exceeding good.

In the year 1272. it was built by the Count Florent, and adorn'd with many priviledges; a 100. years after it was burnt down to the ground; as likewise in the year 1420. in the War between Jacqueline of Bavaria, and Philip of Burgundy.

There is a fine Market-place, in the middle of which is the Town-house; and near it is the great Church, which has been twice burnt. Before the Wars it us'd to be much admir'd for its Bells; as also for the Glass-Windows, which are very curiously enamel'd.

The Air is so good here that the Plague is never in the City; there being no standing Waters near it; and yet the situation of the Town is such, that there is no bringing any Artillery to beat it, for the Inhabitants can by their Sluces drown all the Countrey round about. Besides, it is environ'd with so deep a Ditch, that it strikes terrour into a beholder. The Citizens are most of them people that search a retreat from the World, and love quiet and peace. After Leyden, 'tis the prettiest and wholesomest Town in Holland.

CHAP. XIV.

Of Rotterdam.

THis Town which is now one of the greatest and most Trading-Towns of Holland, is nevertheless but the first of the small Towns.

In 1270. it was first wall'd; and 27. years after it was taken by the Flemmings.

In 1418. Brederode, head of the Faction of the Hoves, surprized it. It is a place that does every day augment, and grow bigger, by reason of the great resort of Shipping to its Harbour. There is made the best Beer in all Holland. When the Prince of Orange was in the Field, he did use to drink no other than Rotterdam-Beer. Some years ago there was an English man of War cast away in the Harbour; and since there has been spent a great deal of Money to get it up again, but all in vain.

The great Erasmus, so well known, 〈…〉 his Learning and Books, was born 〈…〉 in 1467, and died at Fryburg in Alsatia; there is his Statue in Copper, upon the Bridge, with his Book in his hand. This Town is the next to Amsterdam for Trade; and here are to be met with, Ships for England, Scotland, France, Spain, and the Indies.

CHAP. XV.

Of the small Towns of Holland.

WIthin half a league of Rotterdam, there is a pretty Burrough, call'd Delfs-haven; so nam'd, because that the Duke Albert of Bavaria, in acknowledgement of the services he had received from those of Delft, granted them the liberty of making a Port from Overschia, a Village that is about half way between Delft and Rotterdam. The Inhabitants are most of them Seamen, and send o 〈…〉 very year great numbers of B 〈…〉 for the fishing of Herring. Its 〈◊〉 on is such, that with small cost it might be so fortified, as to be made impregnable. Upon the same River, a league off, is Schiedam, a famous Town for Fishing. Vlarding is hard by, a small Village, but formerly a strong Town; the Meuse being a little too near it, has devoured a great part of it. Masanluys is a fair Burrough, two leagues lower; the Inhabitants whereof are most Fishermen. They that take shipping at the Bril, go through this Burrough.

Having cross'd the Meuse, which is above a league broad in this place, you come to the Briel, which is at the mouth of the River, and all Ships that come from Rotterdam, pass before it. This Town was taken by onset by the Count of Lumay, in 1572. and it was the first place that the Water-Gueux took from the Spaniards; and here were laid the first foundations of that Commonwealth, which now flourishes in the Netherlands. The Town is populous, and the Territory fruitfull in Wheat; but the Air is thick, and thence proceeds the extream rudeness of its Inhabitants, a vice common to all Sea-Towns.

But let us cross the Meuse again to go to the Hague; and in our way see St. Grave-sant, a place where formerly the Earls of Holland did use to keep their Court. The Countrey round about is very fruitfull in Corn and Pasturegrounds. Here are made those green Cheeses which the Hollanders do so much value.

Not far off is Hontslardick, where the last Prince of Orange of glorious memory built a most stately House, adorn'd with Walks and Galleries, and much visited by Strangers.

Riisvick is another fair Village, where the said Prince has another House, in a very pleasant situation among the Meadows, and being full in the eyes of those that come from Delft. It is full of excellent Pictures of the best Masters of Europe. And now let us enter the Hague, the delicatest Burrough in the whole World, as all those that have seen any thing abroad, do willingly confess.

CHAP. XVI.

Of the Hague.

THis place, which by the breadth of its Streets, the nobleness of its Buildings, the pleasant shade of its Trees, and the civility of its Inhabitants, may justly claim the title of the most pleasant place in the World, and make all men envy the happiness of those that live in it, has on Delft-side an extent of lovely Meadows; and on the other side over against them the sandy Hills, that keep in the Sea, which is but half a league distant from the Town. And upon the shore is Scheveling, which furnishes the C • tizens with fresh Fish.

That side which is towards Leyden, is a great Wood of Oaks, where there is a Park full of Deer; the Earls of Holland did formerly reside here, and now the Prince of Orange does keep in it a most splendid Court. On one side o • this Wood is a great Pond, round about which of late are built many noble Houses. The Dozles make the corner; Prince William laid the first Stone of them himself. Behinde the Court, over against the other corner, is a House built by Prince Maurice of Nassaw, in which are the Pictures of most of the Kings of Europe, with many rarities from America.

The Voorhout, with the House towards the Princes Palace, on the Ponds, make the finest part of the Hague. Here every evening are seen many Lords and Ladies taking the Air, some in their Coaches, and some afoot.

The Jacobins Cloister is still call'd the Cloister-Church. There is another Church lately built in a round figure, and there is not a fairer out-side in all the 17. Provinces; within there is never a Pillar, insomuch that the Minister in his Pulpit may be seen and heard by all those that are in the Church. The Chappell of the Earls of Holland is now the Fr • nch Church.

There are two very fine Piazzaes, one before and the other behinde the Princes Palace, where all the Houses are like so many Palaces themselves; there live the Deputies of the States Generall. The Towns have each of them built Houses for their Deputies; and that which is for Leyden, is to my liking the best, and most advantagiously situated. The Embassadors of Princes have also their Houses here.

The Market-place is before the great Church, which has a very high square Steeple, and may be seen a great way off. There is another fine Street, though not finish'd, call'd Le fosse du Prince; here live many Strangers, some for business, and others for their advantage. There are many French; they have a Quarter to themselves. Besides, there are many people of quality that keep their Coaches, and contribute much, to make the Court at the Hague one of the gloriousest Courts of the World.

Now let us return to Leyden by the Wood, on the right hand of which is a very fair Castle, belonging to the Princess Dowager. From this Wood to a league within the Town 'tis all Sand, full of Rabbits and Coneys. And here we may admire the Hollanders industry, that diggs and carries away the Sand, and makes a good arable ground.

From Leyden to Werden there are six leagues, either upon a Bank, or by the Channell; and beyond the Sluce of Goude are Suamerdam and Bodegrave, the latter of which is one of the fairest Villages in all Holland.

CHAP. XVII.

Of Voerden.

THis Town was built in 1374. by the Bishop of Utrect, to keep the Citizens of Utrect in awe. It has been the occasion of great Wars between these two Provinces; but at last by the conspiracy of Heman de Voerden with de Velsen, it was reduced under the Hollanders obedience. The Rhene goes through it, and in its Fauxbourgs are made great quantities of Bricks. There is a Castle formerly held impregnable, in which the Admiral of Arragon was kept prisoner a great while, after the Battle of Flanders.

From Voerden we will turn our backs to Utrect, and our side to Montfort, and come to Undevater, and so follow the borders of the Province. This Town is upon Issel, within a league of Montfort; it is but little, but very pleasant. In 1579. it was taken and sackt by the Spaniards, to revenge the affront they had receiv'd before Leyden, and in payment of their arrears. From this place you may go to Goude, and by the Meuse to Rotterdam. All along the said River are nothing but fair Villages, and pleasant Countrey-Houses.

Now let us cross the River Lec, and see the Towns lying upon it. It is properly one of the Branches of the Rhene, upon which are situated Aulembourg, and Viane, a small Town which belongs to the Brederodes, and is not reckon'd among the Towns of Holland. In it every thing is cheap, for there is little or no Excise payed, and all those that do break in Holland, may sowe themselves here, and have a protection from the Lord of the place.

There is in it a fair Castle, in which ordinarily Monsieur Brederode resides.

Four leagues lower is Schoon-hoven, which takes its name from the beauty of its Gardens; for Schoon signifies fair, and Hoff Garden, or Court. Some by reason of its Harbour have call'd it Schoon-haff.

The River is here very broad, and there are many Salmon and other delicate Fish taken in it. The Town is small, but very pleasant, and there are fine Walks about it.

An Earl of Holland caus'd a Bank to be raised from Ameron to the said Town, in favour of the Bishop Otho.

In the year 1424. the said Town was deliver'd to Jaequeline, Countess of Holland, by the treachery of the Citizens; but the Castle held out, though there were but a Garrison of 50. stout men in it: at last they yeelded, and had all quarter and their liberties, except one Albert Beiling, whose vertue and loyalty is as much to be prized, as that of the Roman Regulus; for having obtain'd leave to go home and settle his Estate, and having given no other security than his Parole, he fail'd not upon the day appointed to come and render himself prisoner.

Between L • c and Vahal there is another little River, call'd Lingue, upon which are three small Towns, which the curious will do well to see before they come to Gorcum.

Asperen, a small Town upon the same River, which was anciently a Fee of the noble House of Arkel, as well as Heukelom. There was a very ancient Castle.

Leerdam is in the middle of these two little Towns, and belonging to the same Family: it is almost square, and there are many Gardens. Frederick, Count Egmond, having married Mary, Daughter to the Lord of Arkel, was the first Earl of Leerdam. It belongs now to the Prince of Orange, for the Prince Philip, great Uncle to this Prince, had it from his Mother, Anna of Egmond.

Gorcum is now one of the strongest places of the Low-Countreys, being regularly fortified according to the modern way. It is upon the Meuse, about five leagues above Dort. It was first built by a Gentleman of the House of Arkel, who had a fair Castle here. The River Lingue runs through it, and brings in all Commodities to the Inhabitants. This Town is one of the Keys of Holland, together with the strong Castle of Louvestein, situated a little higher, upon the confluence of the two Rivers. It is famous for having been the prison of many Arminian Ministers; and amongst others of that learn'd Hugo Grotius, who was since Embassador from the King of Sweden to the King of France. He got out by a very witty stratagem, fled into Brabant, and from thence pass'd into France. He endeavour'd at last to reconcile all mindes about Religion; but the Politicians on one side, and the Churchmen on the other, frustrated his good intentions. He died at Rostoc in Ruckelbnrg, coming home, and his body lies buried at Delft.

To go to Heusden you must go out of the limits, and pass by Bommel, though it be not altogether necessary, for there is another way. Bommel is an Island which defends Holland, and is about two leagues from Bosleduke, most admirably fortified.

But let us come to Heusden, which is below Bosleduke, upon the Meuse, and let us consider it, not for the controversie, that is, whether it be of the Dutchy of Brabant, or of Holland; but for its admirable Fortifications. It is environ'd with seven or eight Bastions, and some half Moons. This with the breadth of the River secures it from all danger, and Holland from all fear on that side.

There is likewise a Fort in the Island of Hemert, upon the Vahal, which defends Heusden; a thing to be seen before you go down the River, and follow the borders of Brabant, upon which lies Voroum, a small Town, with four Bastions between Louvestein and Gorcum.

This little place, with the Lordship of Altena, was sold to the States for 10000. pound, and is now a Rampart to the whole Province. All the Towns fronting upon Gueldres are very well fortified, and in a better Air than the Towns of Holland, as having better Waters; but they are much inferior in beauty, neatness, and riches.

Iselstein is a small Town situated upon Yssel, which they of Utrect have often laid claim to, and there has been War between the Bishops of Utrect and the Earls of Holland for it; the place standing in a fruitfull pleasant Soyl. It is rather long than square, and adorn'd with fine Gardens; the Prince of Orange is Lord of it. Now let us follow the Frontier of Brabant, to the West.

As soon as you come out of the Lordship of Altena, you meet with the strong Town of Gertrudenbergue, divided from Holland by a great Lake that the Rhene and the Meuse make before Dort. It is almost a half Moon, of which two thirds are bath'd with the Water of the Lake, and has excellent Bastions. Besides, there are Forts with Sluces, which can drown the rest of the ground which lies low.

In the year 1321. the Castle was built; and a 100. year after both the Town and the Cathedrall Church were both burnt down by those of Dort, who took it after a long siege. It belongs now to the Prince of Orange, having often chang'd Masters by the chance of War. There is taken before it great quantities of Salmon; but I have heard a Citizen relate, that in the time of the War their Fishing fail'd, because of the great noise of the Canonadoes, that frighted all the Fish away.

To go from Gertrudenbergue by land to Clundert, you must leave Breda on the left hand, and pass by Sevenberg, a Lordship which depends on Brabant. Clundert has eight Bastions, and some Ravelins, and was first wall'd by Prince William the first, whose it was, and since fortified. It has a fine Church, and good Bells.

Willemstradt is hard by, a Town which bears the name of its founder. It has seven Bastions, a double Ditch, and a fair Harbour. It has Brabant on the South, and Zeeland on the North, which seems to communicate to it something of the courseness of its Air; for here are bred Feavers, very hard to be cur'd, insomuch as those that have them seem as if they were bewitched. The Citizens of Leyden can testifie it to their cost; for many of them were in Garrison there in the War time, and when they came home, some died, some lingred a great while, and in all, I know not above three that scap'd being very sick.

I have spoke of these little Towns, only for their Fortifications; let us now see the Islands that are over against Zeeland. The first is Overslac; you must land at Ol • rens Plact, a Village where the Fleet of Shallops was to have landed, 1631. In the said Island which is very fertile in Corn, is a fair Village, call'd Sommerdi • ke, the Lord of which was Governor of Nimmegue.

At the end of this Island is another, in which is the Town of Gouree, the Harbour of which is now stop'd up with Sand.

Between Gouree and Helwetsluys there is a great depth of Water, where the greatest Ships may ride. Now we are come to the Island of Vorne, the chiefest place of which is the Briel, then Geervliet, where there was a Colledge of Canons; and Huervliet, a fine place belonging to Mr. de Kerchove, high Huntsman of Holland. The rest of this Island which ends at Dort, is call'd Beyerland, and the other part Stryac, where there are many rich Villages, the best of which is Isselmond.

CHAP. XVIII.

Of the Towns that are in Goylant, near the South-Sea.

WE have seen the borders of this Province towards Gueldres, Utrect, Brabant, and Zeland; we have now a journey to take South-East, before we go directly North, to see three small Towns. From Amsterdam you go by Sea to Naerden, the chief Town of Goylant. It has been destroyed, and then built up again; the old foundations are yet to be seen in the South-Sea, when a certain Winde blows and drives out the Sea.

The Citizens of this place acquir'd great reputation, by taking that Traytor Gerrard de Velsen, who was carrying the Earl Florent prisoner into England.

In the year 1355. the second Town was built, and adorn'd with priviledges by the Duke William of Bavaria.

In 1481. they of Utrect having given the Hollanders a great overthrow, surprized the Town of Naerden by an ingenious stratagem; for they dress'd a good number of young Souldiers like Countreywomen going to Market, who being let in, seized a Gate of the Town, and gave entrance to the enemies: the Citizens redeem'd themselves from fire and sword by a great summe of money. But a little after they were reveng'd; for falling upon the Bishoprick, they kill'd 1500. of their enemies upon the spot, and in memory of that advantage, built a high Tower, with this Inscription, Utrect hold thy peace.

In 1486. the said Town was almost all burnt down; and this misfortune seem'd to be a fore-runner of that which befell them about a 100. years after: for Frederick, Son to the Duke of Alva, having taken Zutpheen, fell upon Naerden. The Citizens not expecting so sudden an alarm, were not so provident as to send Embassadors to mediate for them; but seeing the Army at their Gates, surrender'd their Town into the victors hands, and trusted to his discretion and mercy: but he participating much of the cruell humor of his Father, commanded all the Inhabitants to be assembled in the publick Market-place, and there sent them Monks to confess them, and pronounce to them their sentence of death. The poor creatures who thought to have heard their pardon proclaim'd, were immediately set upon by some Regiments, and cruelly slaughter'd. This barbarous execution brought so great an odium upon the Spaniards, that it made the people of Leyden rather resolve to starve, than yeeld to the mercy of so cruell a Nation. That which is most remarkable too, is, that they were most of them Catholicks; and I think it is from thence that comes that deriding Proverb in Holland, Art thou a Catholick, that is good for thy soul.

Mude is hard by Naerden, upon the River Veckt, and at the mouth of the South-Sea. It is a little Town, which has a very ancient Castle, in which was kept prisoner the Count Florent.

Hard by is Wesop upon the same River, famous for its good Beer, whereof much is brought to Leyden, where it is call'd, for its excellency, the Flemmings Physick.

All the Countrey from Amsterdam, taking by Voerden to Leyden, shut in by the Sea of Harlem, is very low; it is all Meadow, or Turf-ground; as also between Leyden, Goude, and Rotterdam, there are digg'd great quantities of Turfs: nay the Earth is so cut in many places, that it is inaccessible otherwise than by Boat, which is a Subject of great admiration to Strangers.

The Boats that go in the night-time from Leyderdorp to Amsterdam, pass through the Lake of Brassmermeere, and stay about two hours at a Village call'd Bilderdam; then in the morning they arrive at another call'd Ouderkerk, which is a league from Amsterdam. There are Waggons that go by land; and it is particularly the Earth of this Countrey that is observ'd to tremble and quake. When it has rain'd, the wayes are all drown'd, and become like a Marsh.

CHAP. XIX.

Of the Lakes and Rivers.

OF all the Rivers that come from Germany and Water-Holland, the chiefest is the Rhene, which divides into two branches; one retains the name of Rhene, and the other is call'd Vahal, and that receives the Meuse, which comes from Lorrain, and goes through the Town of Leege. These Rivers meet all before Gorcum, and flow gently into the Sea, near Dort and Rotterdam, making all the Islands we have spoke of. The Countrey lying low, there are abundance of Lakes, into which enter a great many Channels, made by Art. The greatest of these Lakes is Harlem-Lake, which begins to extend it self between Leyden and the Village of Kague, which stand in at Island at the mouth of the said Lake, into which the Boats enter here. Those Boats that go to Harlem, keep on the left hand, and they that go to Amsterdam, on the right, and pass by Alsemeer. This Lake is very broad, but not deep; between Harlem and Amsterdam it grows narrower, and is call'd Sprin • smeere: there is a Dike or Bank with prodigious Sluces, which are opened according as the Wind • its, to let out some of the Water into the River Ye. Here the Harlem Boats stay, and the Passengers land, and see a fair House, built by the noble Colledge of the Heemrades.

On Amsterdam-side it grows still narrower, till you come to Overtom, a fair Village of the Jurisdiction of Harlem, which keeps the passage shut by a Dike, over which the Boats which go from Leyden to Amsterdam must pass, by the means of certain wooden Rowlers, and other Instruments. This obstacle is to force the great Boats full of Merchandizes, to go by Harlem, to the profit of the said Town.

This Lake before the Wars was not half so big; and I have heard old men say, that from their remembrance it had encreased the compass of above four miles. Every year it eats away some of the Land that borders upon it, insomuch that the neighbouring Corporations have often met to consult about the drayning of it, but as yet without effect. It would require above 500. miles, and the cost would amount to above 200000. pound; but the bottome being partly Veenes, and partly good Land, would sell well, and defray a good part of the expence.

This Lake is very full of Fish, and breeds Eeles of a prodigious bigness, as all •• imy Waters do. But I shall not speak any more of this nor other Lakes, nor of the holes which the Countrey people make every day by digging up Turfs, which if at last by some rupture they should meet, would go near to drown all this lower Region, and swallow up these fine Meadows. Now let us go to North-Holland.

CHAP. XX.

North-Holland, commonly call'd West-Frieze.

THis part is so call'd, because it has Holland on the South, and Friezeland on the East, from which it is divided by the South-Sea, which some Authors affirm to have been formerly so narrow, that it might have been pass'd over with a plank. This Countrey is likewise call'd Waterland, by reason of the many Lakes that it abounds with; some of them have been drayn'd, viz. Beemster, Ziip, and Schermer, which are now rich grounds, where the chief Citizens of Amsterdam have Houses and Gardens. Every where here there are Dikes; that of Mede • bliike is made of a certain matter which the Sea casts up, this Element preparing thus a bridle to its own fury.

This Countrey has on the North the Ocean and the Texel, and on the South the River Ye, and is joyn'd to the South-part of Holland, by a small neck of Land on Harlem-side.

This people drives a great Trade, by means of the Water they are environ'd with, which at the same time does so fortifie them, as to secure them from all acts of hostility. They keep their old fashions and customes; and yet they are not so simple as they appear, but are indeed very sincere, and more to be believ'd upon their simple affirmative, than other Nations upon their oaths and blasphemies. The Women are equally chaste and fair, and often a young man shall sit a whole night by his Mistress, and never hold any discourse any wayes offensive to her honour. They have most of them red Hair, and their locks guilded upon their fore-heads. They wear not Handkerchiefs, but a velvet Whisk, with a golden Hook and Clasp. That which I think very undecent, is, that they wear their Petticoats so short, that they scarce come below their knees. The men wear plain Bands, square Beards, have a grave behaviour, and are of a strong complexion, and tall stature. All their business is Commerce, which they have with all the Northern Countries; and particularly Herrings are their great Commodity.

Between Harlem and Alcmaer there is a pleasant Village, whither anciently people did use to go in pilgrimage. It is situated upon the Sea of Wiie; the bank that begins there is call'd St. Agaths bank; and the other which goes to Sardam is call'd Assendelftdike. At Sardam are continually built great Ships for the Indies. But let us take our way to Alcmaer.

CHAP. XXI.

Of Alcmaer and Medenbliic.

ALcmaer is not only one of the finest Towns of Holland, but also of all the Low-Countries, for the beautiousness of its Buildings, and the neatness of its Streets. The Wars that it maintain'd against the Friezelanders, bear witness of its antiquity.

It is very rich, and has a great Trade. Many of its Inhabitants live pleasantly, having very fine Gardens, and a fine Countrey.

In 1328. it was burnt; the Friezelanders have often besieged it: and in the year 1517. it was taken and plunder'd for eight dayes by those of Gueldres.

The Earl Florent the fifth made a Dike to the very extremities of the Countrey, to hinder the Friezelanders incursions. There are fair marks to shoot at, for the exercise and diversion of the Citizens; and next to Leyden, it has the reputation of being the cleanliest Town in Holland. The Spaniards after the taking of Harlem laid siege to it, but in wain; they were forced to quit the Town, partly by reason of the ill Airs and partly because of the stout resist, ance made by the Townsmen. Thi Town is near the Schermer, the greatest Lake of this Septentrionall part.

At some leagues from Alcmaer upon the North-Sea-side, is the Hontbos, where there are monstrous Dikes, made in a most singular manner, to resist the fury of the Ocean, which here does most desperately threaten the ruine of all Holland. Therefore there is a double bank, that so in case one should break, the other might give the people time to repair the first. From thence you may go to the Texel, or take your way to Seay n by the Ziipe.

Seayen is a great Village, situated in a fat Countrey, where Land is as dear again as in any part of Holland. There has been Trees, the Fruits of which have been sold for 10. pound in one year. It has a very large Marketplace. The Lords of Seayen are descended from the House of Bavaria. It is the mid-way between Alcmaer and Medenbliick.

Medenbliick is an ancient Town; all Authors agree that it was formerly the Metropolis, before Horne and Enchusen were built. Some derive its name from the River Medem • lack, of which there remains no marks; neither is it probable that the famous Prince R •• lbold did live here.

It was taken by the Kenemars in the year 1426. and in 1514. they of Gueldres burnt it down to the ground. It has high and strong Dikes to keep out the South-Sea, for the Land lies a great deal lower than the Water. When there is a great storm, and that the Sea beats with that violence, that it does threaten the utter ruine of all that opposes it, the Inhabitants clap Sails all along between the Dike and the Water, and so hinder it from piercing into the body of the bank: a pretty invention, and to which they owe the safety of their whole Countrey. There is an old Castle which some suspect to have been the Palace of the Princes of Friezeland. Here live most of your Wood-Merchants, that drive a great Trade to Norway, and in the North. Let us follow the Sea-side, and come to Enchusen.

CHAP. XXII.

Of Enchusen.

THis Town is environ'd on three parts by the Sea. It is like a half-Moon, and makes a point or neck of Land, which advances into the Zuyderzee. It is said that in 1394. Albert, Earl of Holland, set sayl from hence with a Fleet of 300. Boats, to transport his Army into Friezeland; an argument that then it was a famous Port. 'Tis true, that as time changes all things, so has it done this Harbour; for now the Sands that are got into the mouth of it, do much hinder the entrance of great Ships; yet are there often built here great Ships for the Indies, and great Fleets do sayl from hence to the Baltic Seas.

It was not yet wall'd when it was burnt by John of Arkel, and Nicholas Putene in 1279. In 1426. it was assaulted by the Kenemars; and the same year, some Souldiers of the Countess Jacqueline, coming in upon a sudden, surprized about a 100. of the principall Citizens at dinner, and cut off all their Heads; a barbarous action, which does come near the cruelty of our Age.

In 1514. a part of the Rampart, and many Houses, were destroyed by an Inundation.

1537. the Gueldreses having denounc'd War to Holland, had like to have surpriz'd the said Town; but the Water being low, they fail'd of their design.

This was the first Town that revolted from the Spaniards in North-Holland. In the year 1591. the Town was enlarged, and it now drives a great Trade in Her • ngs and Salt-Fish. It has strong Dikes, and it needs them, being built upon the Sea; which is the reason why it has no good Water to drink, the Countrey lying so low. By the complaints of its Inhabitants we perceive that it decayes in Trade, and has formerly had a greater Commerce, which appears by many empty Houses.

There is a very good Alms-house; and the Steeple is considerable for its height, being built in so moorish a soft ground. These three Towns, Enchusen, Horne, and Medenbliick, have equally, but successively, the priviledge of coyning Money, each for the space of seven years, and then they begin again. Horne now calls upon us to admire its beauty and Trade, with the convenience of its Harbour.

CHAP. XXIII.

Of Horn, and the small Towns of North-Holland.

THis Town is the second of North-Holland. It is built upon the South-Sea, and has the best Harbour of all that Coast. There was in this Town a famous Faction of the Kennemars; but they were routed by the Citizens after a long combate. They took likewise the Fleet of the Osserlins, by the help of those of Enchuse, and so ended that troublesome War in 1441.

In 1557. the Dikes being broke, so much Water got into the Town, as had like to have drowned it; but by the industry of the Inhabitants, the banks were soon repaired again.

There is but a little arm of the Sea to be pass'd to come to Edam, two leagues from Horne. It is a small Town, built triangular-wise upon the River of Ye, in the fattest part of Holland. Here is made the best Holland Cheese with red Rinde, so much sought after by all Nations; and indeed it yeelds not to the Parmesan.

In the year 1430. we finde in our Annals, that the D • kes being broke, and having overflowed the Meadows, some Maids of Edam were in a Boat, going to milk the Cowes at Purmerend, and it being low Water, they perceived a Sea-Nymph in the Mud; they were at first frighted, but at last taking courage, drew nearer, got her into their Boat, and brought her to Edam, where she was washed and cloathed; she did eat our diet, and had learn'd to spin; but still her instinct did carry her to her naturall Element, the Water, in which she did much delight: they could never teach her to speak. She was transported to Harlem, where she liv'd many years. A certain Author sayes, that they had infus'd some knowledge of God into her, and that she did use to bowe before the Crucifix.

Monickendam is hard by Edam, upon the River Monic, which signifies Monk, and it has for Arms, a Monk. The Town is very little, and situated upon the Sea-side. In 1426. it was taken by the Kenemars. It has been twice burnt down all, except the Church, and the Carmelites Monastery.

Purmerend was wall'd in the Wars, 1573. There is a C 〈…〉 e which did belong to the House of • gmond; but it has been bought by the States in 1590.

North-Holland is almost quite environ'd with Water, and joyn'd to the rest of Holland by a neck of Land, from Bevervic to Vic, about a league broad. This small Province which is not in all above 20. leagues in compass, deserves that Strangers should take the pains to come to it, if it be but to see those prodigious Dikes and Banks, which preserve the Countrey from an infallible Inundation.

There are three or four little Islands in the South-Sea, besides the Texel, the Ulic, and some others, that are towards Friezeland, and do break the first fury of the North-Sea. But we will leave them, to return to Leyden by the Honsbos; and having once again admir'd the Dikes, go afoot by that lovely sandy shore, which is from the Honsbos to Beeve, a sandy mountain at the mouth of the Meuse, for the space of 24. leagues. It is the finest way in the world; for on one side are the high sandy Hills, and on the other the Sea, which is not deep near the sh • re; insomuch that in calm Weather one may go in a great way without being • ut to swim: and it is upon this s 〈…〉 re that most Ships are forced to run, when they cannot in a storm get out to Sea; particularly in Winter, when the nights are dark and long.

When a Ship is thus cast away, and some body scapes, the Goods aboard here are preserv'd for the owners; but if all be drown'd, then what the Sea casts up belongs to the Countrey. It happens often likewise that after a great storm, a sort of Whales call'd by the Inhabitants, Potwisch, are found sticking upon these Sands; these likewise belong to the County: and I saw one that was sold for 50. pounds; they make Oyl of the Flesh, and use the Bones for other uses. The Sea likewise does cast up great quantities of Cockle shells, which are gather'd to make a sort of Quicklime, much whiter than that of France, but not so good to make Morter with. Sometimes there are some very fine sorts of Shells, but seldome; for those which are kept as rarities, come most from the Indies.

You may see in your way Egmond, a Village, from which came the noble Family of Egmond. All these sandy Hills, from the Honsbos to Beer, are full of Rabbits, which you may see in thousands; it is forbidden to kill or take any of them, under a certain Fine; and to hunt them, you must have leave from the high Huntsman of Holland, or be one of the Nobles of the Countrey. There you may see Eagles, that endeavour to prey upon the Connies.

The Peasants hard by have a pretty way of catching them undiscover'd, which is, that in Winter the poor Beasts finding no green thing upon the ground to eat, all being cover'd with Snow, draw near the Houses, in most of which there is a little hole that goes into the Cellar, in which are green Cabbageleaves; the Rabbits emboldened by hunger, creep in by a board set there on purpose, and no sooner are they entred, but the Peasant pulls away the board, and the Rabbit falls into the Cellar. But the Peasant does not brag of his good fortune, nor invite his Neighbours to the good cheer.

These Du • es, or sandy Mountains, are full of physicall Herbs, which the Students of Leyden do much seek after, particularly in the Spring-time, in the company of their Professors; and such Plants as cannot endure the cold, are transplanted into a Gallery which looks to the South, in which are three Stoves, for their conservation all Winter long. This Academy has also another Gallery, in which are many curiosities, as Pagans Idols, Indian Serpents skins, little Chips, and Cloths and Shooes of the Indians. The Gardener gives to the curious a little Paper, in which is contain'd the explication of all these; and the Book-binders sell a little Book, in which are all the names of the Plants that are in the said Garden.

This Academy was formerly a Nunnery, out of which the Nuns being driven by the great revolution of Europe for Religion, had each of them a small Prebendary for their life assigned to them; and I remember two that did use to come from Boyslednke to Leyden, to receive their Sallary.

In the Divinity-School are kept all publick acts, and all Degrees are taken. They that take them publickly are honour'd with the Magistrates Presents, who ordinarily send them in some Presents of Wine, after the custome of Germany; then they make a Feast to the Professors, and are very merry. They that cannot afford to be at so much charge, are receiv'd privately, and under the Chimney, as the Proverb sayes. The Commencements are ordinarily in Summer, about the Dog-dayes.

Upon the said Academy is built a high Tower, on purpose for Astronomers to make observations. There are likewise many rare Instruments of a new invention, serving to the same end; here being excellent Professors in all the parts of the Mathematicks.

The Princes House is upon the Rappe • bourg, and has a fine square Court, with a Garden. It was a religious House for Women, who 'tis said had purchased the place the House stands on with spinning. The lower part of the Church is a magazine for Ammunition, and the upper a Store-house for Corn. This I have added, as omitted in the first Description of Leyden, with which I have perfected my intended Account of the Cities, Towns, and Villages in Holland. Now I will say something of their Religion.

CHAP. XXIV.

Of the different Religions in Holland.

I Will not here undertake to dispute, which is the best of all those Religions that are here tolerated, knowing that it is too ticklish a matter to be handled, without giving offence to some body. I shall only relate barely, how many sorts of Religions there are within the limits of the United Provinces.

They being at their first revolt opposite to Spain in all things: resolv'd to give as much liberty as that King would deny, and to tolerate all Religions, because he would suffer but one. In order to this, the State thriving in their Wars, took upon them to drive out the Priests, Monks, and Nuns, as so many Emissaries of Rome, and stiff maintainers of one only Religion. The chief Model and Reformation was made according to the Churches of Geneva, and the high Palatinate; and to this day they that pretend to any Charge or Office, must be of this Religion, if they desire to be admitted.

They that follow the Doctrine of Martin Luther, have all freedome in Holland, and liberty to build Churches among the Houses, to distinguish them from the other Reform'd. The Anabaptists have likewise theirs, and are divided into divers Sects. They that have the great Assembly are call'd Drec Wagens. And I will say this to their praise, that in their Meetings they expound Scripture, without making any invectives, or railing upon any body else.

In the beginning those of the Reform'd Religion in Holland, were call'd Geux, or Beggars; as in France, Huguenots, a name which the vulgar yet retain with joy, bragging, that they were neither Papists nor Martinists, but Geux. This was the occasion of their being thus nam'd: In the beginning of the troubles, 500. Gentlemen being come to Brussels, to present a Petition to the Princess of Parma, then Governant, came of a sudden into her Palace; she being at the Window, talking with the Earl of Varlemont, was frighted with so sudden and so great an appearance, and asked him if he knew what it mean'd; who answered, Madam, Do not trouble your self, they are but Beggars; Ce ne sout que des Geux. This being told these Gentlemen at Supper, they all agreed to dress themselves in Beggars Cloaks, and take wooden Dishes in their Hands, with this Motto, We are all the Kings faithfull Servants, even to Beggary.

We must not forget the Arminians, who have made a Schisme among the Reform'd about Predestination. The Gomarists or Counter-Remonstrants opposed the said Articles of Predestination; they were thus nam'd from their two Heads, who were both professors of Divinity in Leyden, Arminius and Gomarius. Their Division had such influence among the people, that the Towns did already beg • n to take in Gar •• sons, to maintain each their opinion by force. Prince Maurice by the Order of the States applied a remedy to these Disorders. Barnevelt was taken and beheaded, some Magistrates of Towns deposed, and many Ministers of the Arminians imprisoned, their Doctrine being condemn'd by the Synod of Dort.

But the Arminians have never been at quiet, till they have obtain'd a free exercise through most Towns of Holland, as Amsterdam, Rotterdam, and the Hague it self, but not at Harlem, nor Leyden; in the last of which places, they have often met in the open Streets, sung their Psalms, and preached, but have still been disturbed by the Magistrate. At last seeing they could not gain a Church in the Town, they have been glad to obtain leave to meet at Warmont, a Village hard by it, which the Lord of the place has willingly granted, for the benefit that arises to his Village by it.

The Jews are publickly tolerated, and have their Synagogues in Amsterdam.

The Catholicks are the only excluded from this liberty, though they be in great numbers, and most of them naturall Hollanders, whose Ancestors have contributed both their bloods and money, to the driving out of the Spaniards; but all that is forgotten, and they enjoy nothing but a liberty of conscience, in which they rest quietly. Many Politicians of our Age have thought, that the reason why they are thus kept under, was, because the King of Spain, the profess'd enemy of the States, was of their Religion; and that if peace were once concluded, there would be more indulgence shewed. But I think our Politicians mistaken in their conjecture, and do rather look upon the Hollanders, as people that have imitated the Romans; who having once driven out the Tarquins, and tasted the sweetness of liberty, did not spare Collatin himself, who had been one of the great opposers of tyranny, not because there was cause, but because he was of the Royall Race. So I do not dispute, whether the Papists have given Subject to distrust them; but I say, they have given occasion to fear them, because they are of our enemies Religion. 'Tis true, that in some Towns, where the memory of the actions perform'd by the Catholicks, in order to the publick liberty, is yet preserv'd, they have the freedome of meeting in private Houses. The Countrey people do persevere very constantly in the said Religion, and are not so constrained as in the Towns, though they are derided by all Sects whatsoever.

Their Ceremonies in Burying are the same all over Holland; and since ' • is a Religious Worship, we shall here describe the form of it.

The Catholicks and Lutherans suffer not their Dead to be buried any where, but in Churches and Church-yards. The Reform'd are not so scrupulous, and say, that one Earth is not holier than another, neither do they use much Ceremony.

As soon as the person is dead, the Neighbours sewe the Body up in a Winding-sheet, and they are treated with a Collation, and a Cup of Sack; then they make a Note of the names of those they intend to invite. The day appointed being come, they meet about Two of the Clock in the Afternoon, in the House of the deceased; there their names are call'd over, and they go out two by two, the Kindred next the Body, and the Friends after them, every one according to his quality. The Body being buried, they come back to the House, where he that goes first invites the company in; then they are presented with Wine, and every one drinks as much as he pleases, and goes away when he thinks fit. The richer sort are buried in the Church, and the company has Rhenish Wine given them. The poor give Beer.

The young Men and Maids are carried by young people. The Body is all cover'd with Flowers, and the Bearers have a branch of Laurell or Rosemary in their Hand. If it be a person of quality, all the Bearers are presented with a summe of Money, which they go and spend in a treating-House. There is alwayes a certain summe to be given to the purse of the Neighbourhood. And such as have not a burying place in the Church, must pay very dear for it, if they intend to have one. They for whom the biggest Bell rings, pay • 0. shillings at least. The Papists are very observant of that Ceremony; but the Reform'd laugh at it, as a piece of Superstition, and instituted for the Churches profit. However these Buryings without Prayers or Ceremony, cost as much as the Obsequies of the Catholicks in France. After the burying of a Professor, there is a Speech made in honour of him. If the Body be not in the Church at half an hour past two, there is a Fine of 20. shillings to be payed; if it be not there till after three, then there is the double due.

Some are so ill-bred, as to drink themselves drunk at these Buryings; and when they go home in their long Cloaks, you shall finde them in the mire; but the people of quality come not to that extremity, but after two or three Glasses of Wine, return quietly.

Besides all these Religions, there is a certain Assembly held at Rinsbourg, ten or twelve times a year, where every one that will has the liberty of making an Exhortation; it is call'd the Assembly of the free-minded. There are many others that sit at home reading the Scripture, and never come to any Church, except it be out of curiosity. The Arianisme has those that profess it. In a word, any body may follow his own opinion, but not profess it with a publick Worship. There are Atheists enough too.

CHAP. XXV.

Of the Nobility.

HOlland has for Arms a — with this Motto, for Liberty. It is observable, that almost all the Provinces of the Low-Countries have a Lion for their Arms; which made Charles their Duke desirous to make one Kingdome of them, call'd the Kingdome of the Lion; but while he was adding to it Lorrain and the Swizzers, he died, and left the title of Duke only to his Successors.

The Emperor Charl • s the fifth had the same design; but he met with so much opposition in the priviledges, and the diversity of humours and tongues in the different Provinces, that he was fain to give over the design of it; he being besides busied with continuall Wars.

There are also many Gentlemen in the Low-Countries, that bear a Lion in their Coat. But since my design is only to speak of Holland, I shall mention no other than the Nobility of that Province, as well to publish their antiquity, as to stop the mouthes of some Strangers, who either by an absurd ignorance, or maliciously, do publish that there are no Gentlemen in Holland. 'Tis true, that the length of the Civill Wars has been the death of many of that couragious Nobility, who seeking Honour have died in the bed of it, and so some Families of ancient extract are quite extinguish'd. But there are yet many remaining, who may contend for antiquity and splendor with most Families in Europe.

'Tis commonly said, that the Italian Nobility do not scruple to trade. The French indeed are nicer, and think it a degenerating from their birth; yet do they not make any difficulty of marrying a Citizens Daughter, if she be rich, and can by her means repair the lustre of their decayed Nobility.

But the Germans do not only abhor Traffick, but think it a greater baseness, to mingle their blood with one meanly born.

The Hollanders seem to be in the middle between these extreams.

For first, The Dutch Nobility does not trade. They love War, for the defence of their Countrey; are not Duellists, nor quarrelsome, like the French; love Learning, particularly the Mathematicks; live pleasantly in their Countrey-Houses; and may without degenerating marry whom they please.

The Gentlemen in Holland have alwayes enjoyed great priviledges; for the ancient Earls did never undertake any thing without their advice, as it is now observ'd in Denmarke and Poland.

The three principall Families are the Brederodes, the Wassenaers, and the Egmonds; of whom the Proverb is,

The Noble Brederodes. The Ancient Wassenaers. The Rich Egmonds.

The Brederodes are descended from the Earls of Holland; and the Story is, that Sitfrid, the youngest Son of Arnold of Ghent, and Grandson to Didier, second Earl of Holland, being fallen under his Fathers indignation and hatred, was afterwards pardon'd; and • he Earl to shew his kindness and reconciliation, caus'd Land to be measur'd out to him with larger Roods: thence he was call'd Brederode; and from him is descended this Family, by his eldest Son Didier; and from his younger, Simon, Lord of Teling, are descended the Lords of Toll and Lecke.

The Wassenaers fetch their origine from a Village between Leyden and the Hague; and their name is deriv'd from the right they had in former Ages to the Waters, Ponds, and Lakes, in Holland. They pretend to be descended from that famous Captain, Claudius Civilis, of whom Tacitus makes honourable mention. They have been Burg-graves of Leyden, and are yet highly esteem'd. From them are descended the Duvenvords, the Warmonts, the Bouchorts, the Polanes, the Matenesses, all the Flower of the Dutch Nobility.

They that represent the Nobility of Holland in the States Generall, are these following; whereof some are dead:

John Wolfard, Lord of Brederode and Viane.

John de Wassenaer, Lord of Duvenvord, &c.

Vesele de Boteselaer, Lord of Asperen, &c.

James of Wingarde, Lord of Benthuise, Soctemeer, &c.

Albert de Scagen, Baron of Scagen, Harengbuisen, &c.

James of Wassenaer, and Duvenvord, Lord of Warmont.

Henry de Raphorst, Lord of Raphorst, &c.

James de Mateness, Lord of Mateness, Rivier, Opmeer, &c.

Francis Arsen, Knight, Lord of Sommersdiick.

Besides these, there are divers other Families, as those of Arquel, Kenembourg, Haserson, Alquemade, Opdam, Gaudriaen, Sevenhuysen, Vanderlaen, Benthuse, Asmal, &c. who are all by Alphabeticall order, in the Book entituled, The Theatre of the Towns and County of Holland, by the Learned Monsieur Boxhorne; together with the noble actions of their Ancestors.

CHAP. XXVI.

Of Liberty.

THere is no Province in the World, where the Inhabitants enjoy more liberty, than in Holland. Nay, as soon as any Slave coming from a foreign Countrey, sets his foot upon the Dutch shore, he is free. The Gentlemen are Princes and Fathers of their Families. The Countrey people when they have payed their Rents, are as free as the Citizens. If a Gentleman abuse or kill any of them, he is in great danger of losing his life, if the crime deserve it. Here is no partiality; and let every one know, that the Laws are here in their force.

The Magistrates are bound to maintain the Citizens Priviledges, and preserve them from all Oppression. The Masters may not beat their Servants, nor the Mistresses their Maids. But above all, every one is Master at home; and it is a capitall offence to offer violence to a man in his own House.

One may travell freely through all Holland, by day and by night, without fear of being rob'd. High-way men are never pardon'd; Theeves are sometimes, but not those among them that break into Houses, or steal Sheep in the Pasture-grounds.

No body is forced to stay here any longer than he thinks fit. Here is liberty of Conscience, and no body is forc'd to go to the Protestant Churches. The liberty of speaking freely, even of Magistrates themselves, is too great; and that which else-where would be a crime, is here laughed at.

The German Students, I remember, were once about to set up a custome, which is in use in most of the German Universities, by which the new comers are very ill treated for the first year; but the Magistrates oppos'd it, and threatned all those that should go about to introduce such a slavery, in a free Countrey.

Here are never made any Rules about what people onght to wear; every one wears what he pleases. Nay any body may transport as much Gold and Silver as he pleases, and no body shall hinder him, as they do in England, and France. In a word, all that is reasonable, is lawfull.

They that say that the Nobility are not respected in Holland, are very much mistaken. For those amongst them that do govern themselves with moderation, and are familiar with their Inferiors, are infinitely beloved; but the proud and haughty are despised and hated.

Here is the greatest Equality in the World. It is ordinary to hear a mean Fellow in a dispute with a Citizen, say, I am as much as you; if you be richer than I, 'tis well for you. But the wiser sort avoid such quarrels, as it is easie to do, by keeping a fit distance between them and the common people.

Certainly when I do reflect upon the miserable condition of some Christians in Europe; as of the Peasants in Lytuania, and almost all over Poland, where the Lords have the power of hanging them, when they run away from their tyranny; in Bohemia, and some other places of Germany; in Denmarke, and Sweden, where the Gentlemen do • ighly abuse the Commons; I cannot choose but cry out, O happy Holland, that hast preserv'd that precious jewel of Liberty; preserve it well, for with its loss, goes that of thy happiness!

CHAP. XXVII.

Of some Voyages undertaken under the Banner of Holland.

I Do not intend to speak here of the ordinary Trade that is driven by Shipping, to the Northern parts of the World; nor of that which is carried on in England, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, &c.

My design is to speak of those Voyages undertaken within these threescore years to the Indies, which were undertaken upon this occasion:

The King of Spain having seized upon, and confiscated some Ships belonging to the Hollanders, that did trade in his Ports, which were then the Mart of Europe, for the East-India Merchandizes, made some Merchants resolve to set out a Fleet of eight Sayl for the Indies; whereof four were to go the long way, and four others to go by the North, and endeavour to finde out a passage to China, by the North-Sea; it being the shorter way to the Indies by half in half.

These four last set sayl from the Texel the fifth of June, 1594. and the eighteenth they came to Kildus in Lapland; and some time after they discover'd the Island of Nova Zembla, between mountains of Ice.

In this journey they met no Pirates nor enemies, but great white fierce Bears, which would follow them upon the land, and in the Sea; as one particularly did, for leaping into the Sea, to follow their long Boat which they had ma •• d out, they shot him, and hurt him; but he nevertheless following still, they threw a Rope about his neck, thinking to carry him away alive after them to Austerdam; nevertheless this furious Beast had the force to leap with his two fore-feet upon the Boat, and so frighted the Seamen, that they were all ready to leap into the Sea, had not the Rope by good luck entangled it self about the Rudder; whereupon one run him through with a Pike, and kill'd him.

They met besides with a sort of great Fish, as big as Oxen, call'd Valres; their Head is like an Oxes, and they have two Teeth that come out like Boars Tushes.

At last seeing the season of the year far spent, they went back, and some dayes after met with the other Ships which had left them, and learn'd from them that they had been in the Tartarian Ocean, which they had found full of Whales. That they had landed, and discover'd a Cross upon a Mountain, near which they had found some Sacks of Meal, and something written upon the Cross in Russian Characters. At last they all arriv'd at Amsterdam in September, having been hindred by the Ice to go any further.

The chief of these was one William Barenson, who having made the recitall of their journey, there was a second Voyage resolv'd of, under the conduct of the said William; but they met with the same obstacles again, though it were in August. They met with a Shallop laden with Barks of Trees, and Geese, and such other Merchandizes, which waited for the Russian Fleet, which every year goes that way. They that were in the Bark did say, that within a few dayes the Sea would be so frozen, as that one might go over the Ice into Tartary. The Hollanders invited them aboard, and presented them with Butter and Cheese, which they refused, saying, it was fasting-day, but took some Herrings. Having left them, and seen the Countrey of the Samoctes, which they found to be a barbarous people, wearing Buff-skins, they steered their course to the States Island, a place which they found full of Hares, whereof they made provision. Some pass'd into the Continent, not far from the Island, and there a furious Bear kill'd two, and routed all the rest of the company, though twenty in number, and well arm'd with Pikes; at last with succour from the Ship, the Bear was kill'd. After which they set sayl for Holland, running much hazard in the Ice, but arriv'd without any other loss than of those two men.

The small success of this Voyage, could not discourage the undertakers from venturing once more, under the conduct of the same William Barenson, to whose Ship James Heemskerke was aded, as Commissary. Two Ships set sayl the eighteenth of May, and met with the first Ice the fifth of June. They sayled up and down till the eighteenth, without being able to meet with any passage. Wherefore one return'd into Holland; Barenson having steered to Nova Zembla, and endeavouring to leave it behinde him, was surprized by the Ice, and his Ship frozen up. In this extremity, some having landed, found abundance of Timber, about a league within the shore; with that they built a little House, which they cover'd with the Boards of their Ship, and had Wood enough left to make fire with. The Sun forsook them quite from the fourth of November, to the twenty fourth of January. Till the Sun forsook them, the Bears tormented them; but they had great relief by a sort of Foxes which they did use to catch and rost, and make warm Caps of their Skins. Their Beer and their Sack being frozen, they were fain to break them with an Axe, and thaw them upon the fire; and when their Beer was spent, they were fain to melt the Snow, and drink it. At last the Sun came again, but with him the Bears, who did persecute so as they were not able to stir out; of them they kill'd many, and us'd their fat in stead of Oyl to burn in Lamps. Twelfthday being come, they resolv'd to be merry, and choose King and Queen, making their King, King of Nova Zembla, and the Islands about it. After some time they begun to think of returning home, not in their Ship, for that they could not stir; but in their Boat, which with much ado they fitted up, and set sayl the fifteenth of June, among shoals of Ice, the Bears still following them upon the Ice, and into the Sea. The f 〈…〉 h of July they came to the Cross Island, and the eighteenth they met with two Russian Boats, who gave them some refreshments, and at last they came to Amsterdam, in October, 1597. having lost Barenson, and four more.

CHAP. XXVIII.

Containing divers Curiosities.

IN the generall recitall of so many delicious Wonders, we have it may be omitted some, which we here adde by way of Supplement.

North-Holland had formerly a great Lake, near Purmerend, which has been drain'd with great pains and charges; it is now a most fertile spot of ground, about 20. mile in compass. The Cattle there is the biggest and fattest of all the Low-Countries.

It is confidently reported, that in the generall contribution of the Provinces towards the War, Holland gives 57. in a 100. and Amsterdam alone gives above 27. of the 57. from whence may be inferr'd, what are the riches of that Town. The revenue of the said City comes to above 4000. pound a day, according to the Treatise that has been Printed of it. This year, 1650. the Excise of Beer, Meat, and Corn, being farm'd out to them that bid most, was let at a 150000. pounds. Besides these, there is the Wine-Excise, the Taxes upon Houses, the eighth penny, and a thousand others.

There is a Square-house before the Town-house, where all things are weigh'd; it yeelds above 10000. pound a year.

There is a Glass-house, in which Chrystall-Glasses are made, not inferior to Venice-Glasses; as also excellent Looking Glasses, which do attract all mens admiration.

The Rhetoricians or Po • ts-house deserves to be remembred, it being a laudable custome, practis'd almost all over the Low Countries; which is, that people given to Poetry have a House at Amsterdam, where they may represent Playes. They are distinguish'd into different Chambers, and make Aenigmes, which if unridled carry a prize with them for the Oedipus.

I shall end by the publick Library, to shew that our Merchants have not forgot Learning, amongst the hurry and noise of their Trade.

It is hard by the South Church, and very well stored with all sorts of curious Books. The Epigram that is at the Door gives people warning how they are to behave themselves, when they are within.

There is added to it a Physick-Garden, which encreases every day, by the care that the Magistrates take to furnish it with rare Plants, at great charges.

But let us leave Amsterdam, for fear we lose our selves in the confusion of so many remarkable things; and come and rest our selves at Leyden, the Garden of Holland. Our nearest way will be by the Lake of Harlem, for with a fair Winde we may arrive in four hours; but if the Winde be contrary, we may go by Harlem in two hours by the Channell, and then take a Chariot for six and twenty pence, which will carry us in two hours more to Leyden. When the Winde is strong, and contrary, the way by the Sea of Harlem is troublesome, for it makes those sick that have often been upon the Sea without inconvenience; and though in many places it has not above six foot Water, yet not long ago a Boat with Passengers was over-turn'd, and they drown'd.

Though there be many tempests and storms upon it, yet within this 25 years I do not remember any ill accident but this I have now mention'd; and that great misfortune which befell the unfortunate Queen of Bohemia, when she receiv'd the terrible news, how the King her Husband had sav'd himself with swimming, but that her eldest Son was drown'd in this unmercifull Element.

The King had left Harlem in November, 1629. towards the evening; the night proved very dark and tempestuous, and the Lake much agitated by great Windes, when unfortunately in the obscurity, another Boat fell foul of his, and sunk it immediately. The poor young Prince was heard to cry out, Ab Sir, dear Father, pray save me! but all in vain, for the darkness of the night hindring the distinguishing of objects, it was impossible to relieve him, and so he perish'd in the flower of his youth, to the unspeakable affliction of all that were acquainted with his forwardness in all Arts and Sciences.

The two famous Cities of Holland are Leyden and Amsterdam; one is the Market of all foreign Commodities, and the other of Manufactures of all sorts. Neither is there any City that has so great a Revenue, next to Amsterdam, as Leyden, as it appears by the last years Excise only upon Beer, Corn, and Cattle, which came to 50000. pound.

There is wanting to Leyden a good Harbour to the Sea, without passing by other Towns, and it has been proposed to make one at Caetvic, which is but two leagues from it. Nay, the Mathematicians and Engineers having been advised with, do say the thing is feasible; others say that it cannot be, and that either the Sea would choak up the Harbour with Sand, or it may be if let in, drown all the Countrey. To which it is answered, that the securest way would be to go by Wass • naer, and make the overture between two Mountains: but this design is now buried in oblivion. Being one day in the company of a Mathematician at Catvic, he told me, that the Sea being calm is about half a foot higher than the Meadows about Leyden; so that if in the Spring-tides, or a storm, the Sea should make way through those Mountains of Sand, infallibly the Countrey would be all lost.

The most dangerous Winde for Holland is a North-West-Winde, towards the Equinox, with a storm; but God Almighty by his providence hinders these three so dangerous enemies, from assailing us all at one time.

Holland is so populous, that you can hardly go a stones cast without meeting with Houses or Villages.

The Hollanders Diversions are these: In Summer a Citizen shall hire a Boat for himself and his Family, to go and eat fresh-Water Fish. In Winter he shall hire a Sledge upon the Ice. They are not given to gaming at Dice or Cards, but will play at Bowles and Tables. They are not quarrelsome, nor apt to strike, but will scold and call one another all to naught, before they come to blowes.

Towards Autumn, and in Winter, the Students pastime is to go and shoot at the wilde-Ducks and Geese; and if they shoot at the Countrey-peoples, as they will often out of roguery, then follows a scuffle, in which the weakest goes to the Wall.

Their industry is most admirable for inventing, and improving other peoples inventions, witness Printing, and Telescope-Glasses. The Art of Navigation is better understood here than in any place of the World: so is Fortification, and all military Discipline; in so much that a Low-Countrey Souldier, when he comes to another Kingdome is presently made much of, and advanced. The Hollanders are the best in the World at Draining, witness what they have done in England and France, at Bourdeaux, and in Britany.

But their Fishing is a thing which in • ll manners deserves admiration. But they have one odd diverting way of it, which I shall here relate.

There are three Islands which serve as a bar to the Ocean: The first is the Texel, where are made excellent Cheeses. The second is the Ulic, where are taken great quantities of Muscles. The third is Schelling, the Inhabitants of which last are much given to Fishing, and the way that they use to catch the Fish, which they call a Sea-Dog, is very pleasant. They disguise themselves like Beasts, and at certain hours that these Fishes are us'd to come out upon the shore, they leap and dance before them, and by a thousand antick tricks make them follow them, and leave the shore: in the mean time those that are in Ambushcade set their Nets; then the dancers throw off their Masks, and taking their humane shape upon them, come upon the poor Sea-Dogs, who endeavouring to re-gain the Sea are entangled in the Nets, and made a prey to those that had diverted them.

The Hollanders transport salt-Fish all the World over.

There is not any season in the year that does not produce some particular pleasure. For what is more pleasant, than to see the Meadows cover'd with Flowers all the Spring and Summer. Autumn produces an abundance of Fruits. The Winter is more pleasant here than any where else; for in so sad a season, the diversion of the frozen Channels, full of people, sliding upon them, is no small one. Wood is not dear here; and you shall have more for 10. pound at Amsterdam, than at Paris for 15. If the Water be not to be drunk, in recompence there is very good • eer to be had. 'Tis true, that the Windes and the Rain are very frequent, by reason of the Neighbourhood of the Sea; but the inconvenience is recompenced by the convenience of travelling; for if the wayes be broke and bad, you may go by Water. A Merchant never misses of an opportunity of transporting himself and his Goods, the Channels being loaded night and day with an infinite number of Boats.

But as there is nothing absolutely perfect, Holland has its Cloudes, its North-Windes, its Rains, and its foggy Mists, which do much bate of the beauty and pleasantness of this fam'd and renowned Province.

The Treaty of Peace Concluded the thirtieth of January, of the present year, 1648. in the Town of Munster in Westphalia, between the most Illustrious and most Potent Prince, Philip the fourth, King of Spain, &c. on one side, and the High and Mighty Lords, the States Generall, of the United Provinces of the Low-Countries, on the other.

IN the Name of God. Be it known to all, that after the bloody Wars, that have for so many years afflicted the people, and Subjects, of the obedience of the King of Spain, and the States Generall; they the said King and States being moved with Christian compassion, and being desirous to put an end to all the calamities, and deplorable consequences, which the farther continuance of the Wars of the said Low-Countries might produce, and to change them into the rest and tranquillity of a firm peace, have, to compass so good an end, Deputed and Commissioned fit persons on both sides, viz. on the side of the said Don Philip the fourth, King of Spain, Don Gaspar de Bracamonte, Y de Guzman, Count of Pigneranda, Lord of Aldea seca de la Frontera, Knight of the Order of Alcantara, perpetuall Administrator of the Commandery of Damyel, of the Order of Calatrava, Gentleman of his Majesties Bed-Chamber, of his privy Counsell, and his Embassador Extraordinary towards his Imperiall Majesty, as also first Plenipotentiary for his Majesty in the Treaty of the generall Peace. Monsieur A • tony Brnn, Knight and Counsellor for his Majesty, in his supream Counsell of State for the Low-Countries, and his Plenipotentiary in the generall Peace.

On the sides of the States Generall, Bartold de Gent, Lord of Looven and Meynerswicke, Senechal and Diikgrave of Bommel, Fieler, and Brommelerweerden, deputed by the Nobility of Gueldres, in the Assembly of the States Generall. Jean de Mateness, Lord of Mateness, Riviere, Opmeer, Souteveen, and Deputy in the ordinary Counsell of Holland and West-Frieze; as also Deputy in the States Generall, from the Nobles of the said Province; Councellor and Heemrade of Shieland Adrian Paw, Knight, Lord of Heemsteed, Hogersmilde, and first President, Counsellor, and Master of the Accounts of Holland and West-Frieze; as also Deputy in the Assembly of the States Generall, by the said Provinces. Jean de Knu • t, Knight, Lord of Old and New Vosmar, representing the Nobility in the States in Counsell of Zeeland, as in the Admiralty; first Counsellor of his Highness the Prince of Orange, Deputy in the Assembly of the States. G • dart de R •• de, Lord of Nederhorst, Uredelant, Cortcho • f, Overmeer, Horstwaert, &c. President in the Assembly of the Nobles of the Province of Utrect, and by them Deputy in the Assembly of the States Generall. Francis de Doma, Lord of Hinn • ma, Hiclsum, Deputy in the Assembly of the States Generall, by the Province of Frizeland. William Riperda, Lord of Hengeloo, Boxbergen, Boculoo, and Sussenbergh, Deputy by the Nobility of Overyssel, in the Assembly of the States Generall. All Extraordinary Embassadors in Germany, and Plenipotentiaries of the said States, for the Treaty of the generall Peace. All being sufficiently impowr'd and assembled in the Town of Munster in Westphalia; have by common consent, and in vertue of their respective powers receiv'd from the said King, and the Lords, the States Generall, Concluded and Agreed upon these following Articles.

1. The said King does Declare and Acknowledge, that the said Lords, the States Generall, of the United Provinces, and their Provinces, Countrey-Towns, Lands, and Appurtenances, are free and Soveraign States, Provinces, and Countries: upon which, nor upon their Towns, &c. the said King neither doth, nor shall henceforth, or his Heirs and Successors, pretend any thing. And that in consequence of this his Declaration, he is content to treat with the said States, as he does by these, and conclude a perpetuated peace with them, upon the Conditions here following.

2. To wit, that the said peace shall be firm and inviolable; and that all acts of hostility, of what kinde soever, shall cease both by Sea and by Land, in all the Kingdomes and Countries of the obedience of the said King, and the said States; as also between all their Subjects, of what quality soever they be, without exception of places or persons.

3. Each shall remain in peaceable possession, and shall keep and enjoy all the Countrey-Towns, Lands, Places, and Lordships, that he now enjoyes, and that without being any wayes molested directly or indirectly. And in this is comprehended the Burroughs, Villages, and Countrey, appertaining and belonging to that which each shall possess; and by consequence all the Mayorship of Bosleduke; as also all the Lordships, Towns, Castles, Burroughs, Villages, and Champain, thereunto belonging; the Town and Marqueship of Bergues upon Zoom; the Town and Barony of Breda; the Town of Maestrict, and the extent of its jurisdiction; the County of Groonhoff; the Town of Grave; and the Countrey of Luychuist; and the Bayliship of Hulst, and Hulster-Ambact, and Ambact: as also the Forts which the said Lords the States do possess now in the Countrey of Waes; and all other Towns and places which the said States do hold in Brabant, Flanders, or any where else, shall remain in the power of the said States, with all the Right of Soveraignty, in the same manner as they hold the United Provinces: but all the rest of the said Countrey of Waes, except the said Forts, shall remain unto the said King of Spain. As concerning the three places on the other side the Meuse, viz. Falquimont, Dalem, and Rodeleduc, they shall remain in the condition they are now in; and in case of dispute, the business shall be decided in the (Chambre mipartic) to be mentioned in the following Articles.

4. The Subjects and Inhabitants of the Countries of the said King and States, shall live in good union and correspondency together, without any resentment for past injuries; and they shall have liberty to go and stay in the Territories of each other, and to exercise their Trade and Commerce in all surety, both by Sea and Land.

5. The Navigation and Trade to the East and West-Indies shall be maintain'd, in conformity to those Grants or Patents given or to give by the States: for surety whereof shall serve this present Treaty, and the ratification of it; and under this Treaty shall be comprehended all Potentates, Nations, and Peoples, with whom the said States, or the East and West-India Companies in their name, within the limits of their Patent, are in amity or alliance. And the said King and States shall respectively remain in possession of all those Lordships, Towns, Castles, Fortresses, Commerce and Trade, in the East and West-Indies; as also upon the Coasts of Brasil, Asia, Africa, and America, that the said King and States do now hold. And in this Article are particularly comprized all those places and Forts, that the Portugueses ever since 1641. have taken from the States; as also are comprehended all those places, that the said States shall hereafter take, conquer, and possess, without infraction of the present Treaty. And the Curators or Directors of the East and West-India Companies of the United Provinces; as also the Officers, Agents, Souldiers, Mariners, being at prefen • at the service of the said Companies, o • having been formerly employed by them; and all such as being now out of their service, do live within the jurisdiction of the said Companies, shall remain free and unmolested, in all places under the obedience of the said King in Europe, and may travell, trade, and frequent in all places, as all other Inhabitants of the States. Besides, it has been Stipulated and Agreed, that the Spaniards retain their Navigation to the East-Indies, in such manner as it is now for this present time, without the liberty of extending themselves any further. As also the Inhabitants of these Provinces shall abstain from frequenting the places that the Castilians do possess in the East-Indies.

6. And as for the West-Indies, the Subjects and Inhabitants of the Kingdomes and Countries of the said King and States, shall respectively abstain from Navigation and Trade in all the Harbours, places, Forts, Castles, possess'd by either: to wit, that the Subjects of the said King shall not navigate nor trade in those that belong to the States, nor the Subjects of the States in those that belong to the said King. And in the places of the States, shall be comprehended all those that the Portugueses since 1641. have taken in Brasil, upon the said States, and all those that they now possess, as long as they shall remain in the possession of the said States. In all which there is nothing contrary to the precedent Article.

7. And because a long space of time is necessary, for the giving notice to those that are now abroad with Ships and Forces, that they may defist from all acts of hostility; it hath been Agreed, that within the limits of the Patent granted, or to be granted, by continuation, to the Company of the East-Indies of the United Provinces, the peace shall begin no sooner than a year after the date of the present Treaty. And as for the limits of the Patent, granted heretofore by the States Generall, or to be granted by continuation, unto the Company of the West-Indies, the peace shall not there begin till six moneths after the date of the present Treaty. Provided still, that if the notice of the said peace be arriv'd by publick Order of each side to the said limits, before the said time be expir'd, that then immediately all acts of hostility shall cease. And that if after the term be expir'd, there be yet committed some acts of hostility, the dammages shall be repair'd without delay.

8. The Subjects and Inhabitants of the Countries of the said King and States, trafficking in one anothers Countrey, shall not be forc'd to pay any greater Impositions or Customes, than their own Subjects respectively; so that thereby the Subjects of the said States shall be freed and exempted from the Imposition of 20. per cent. or any other whatsoever, which the said King did levy during the truce of 12. years, or would hereafter raise directly or indirectly upon the Inhabitants of the said States, or any wayes charge them further than his own proper Subjects.

9. The said King and States shall not raise any Contributions or Imposts out of their limits respectively, upon any Merchandize, passing either by Land or Water.

10. The Subjects of each shall respectively enjoy all freedome of Peages is a word that signifies the right of levying such summes upon Merchants, in such and such places or passages. Peages, that they were in possession of before the beginning of the War.

11. The Trade, Commerce, and Frequentation, shal • not be hinder'd, between the Subjects of the said King and States; and if it should chance to be obstructed any wayes, the obstacle shall immediately be taken away.

12. And after the day of the conclusion and ratification of this peace, the said King shall no longer enjoy, upon the Rivers of Rhene and Mouse, those Customes or Peages, which before the War were under the jurisdiction of any of the United Provinces; particularly, the Peage of Zeeland, which shall not be levied for his Majesty, neither in the Town of Antwerp, nor any where else: upon condition that from that day forwards, the States of Zeeland shall take upon them to pay the annuall Rents, to those to whom the said Peage was morgaged, before the year 1572. which also shall do the Proprietors of all other Peages, if they be charg'd with annuall Rents.

13. The white boyl'd Salt coming from the United Provinces into those of his Catholick Majesty, shall be receiv'd and admitted without any higher Impost, than upon Bay-Salt: and likewise the Salt coming from his Majesties Countries shall be admitted in those of the States, upon the same conditions.

14. The Rivers of Scheld, as also the Channels of Zas and Zwin, and other entries into the Sea thereabouts, shall be shut up by the States Generall on their side.

15. The Ships and Goods coming in and going out of the Harbours of Flanders, shall be taxed at the same rate as the Ships and Goods going upon the Scheld, and the Channels nam'd in the above-written Article; and it shall be agreed of the proportion between the parties hereafter.

16. The Anseatick-Towns, with all their Citizens and Inhabitants, shall enjoy as to Navigation and Trade in Spain, and all the Kingdomes and States thereof, all the Priviledges and Immunities granted at present, or that shall be hereafter given to the Subjects of the United Provinces. And reciprocally all the Subjects of the said Provinces shall enjoy the same Rights, Franchises, Immunities, Priviledges, and Capitulations, as well for the establishing of Consuls in the capitall Towns or Sea-Ports of Spain, as for their Merchants, Factors, Masters of Ships, Mariners, or others; and that in the same manner, that the said Anseatick-Towns in generall, or in particular, have heretofore practis'd or obtain'd, and shall hereafter obtain, for the safety and advantage of Navigation and Trade of their Towns, Merchants, &c.

17. Likewise the Inhabitants of the Countries of the said States, shall have the same liberty in the said Kings Dominions, that the Subjects of his Majesty of Great Britain do enjoy, by the Articles in the last Treaty of peace made in secret, with the High Constable of Castile.

18. The said King shall as soon as possible assign a place for the honourable burying of the bodies of such of the States Subjects, as shall die in his Dominions.

19. The Subjects and Inhabitants of the said Kings Dominions, coming into the Territories of the States, shall as to the publick exercise of Religion, comport themselves with all modesty, without giving any scandall, or proffering any blasphemy, and the same shall be observ'd by the Subjects of the United Provinces.

20. The Merchants, Masters of Ships, Pilots, Mariners, their Ships, Goods, and other things belonging to them, shall not be arrested nor detain'd, by vertue of any Order, either generall or speciall, nor for any cause of War, or otherwise; nor under the pretext of using them for the preservation of the Countrey. Hereby nevertheless are not meant all seisings and arrests of Ships, by the ordinary proceedings of justice, by reason of Debts, Obligations, and Contracts, of those whose Goods are seised, who shall be left to the course of the Law.

21. There shall be fram'd a Court of equall number of Commissioners on both sides, who shall sit in such places in the Low-Countries as shall be thought fit; sometimes under the obedience of one, and sometimes under the obedience of the other State, as it shall be agreed by common consent; and according to their Commission (which they shall be sworn to observe) they shall take care to maintain a good correspondency on both sides; shall also have a regard to the Taxes and Impositions laid on both sides upon Merchandize; and if they perceive that on either side there be excess committed, they shall immediately redress it. Besides, the said Judges shall examine all questions touching the non-observancce of this Treaty of peace; as also the contraventions or failings against it, not only here, but in distant Provinces and Kingdomes of Europe, and shall decide them by a short way. The Sentences and Decrees of which Judges shall be put in execution by all under-Officers, living upon the places, against the person of the transgressors, as necessity shall require; and the said subordinate Officers may by no means fail in this at their perill.

22. If any Judgement or Decree should pass between persons of different parties, either in civill or criminall matters, they shall not be put in execution, neither against the Goods nor against the persons of the said parties; and no Letters of Reprizall shall be granted, but with cognizance of cause, and according to the Imperiall Constitutions, and the Order by them establish'd.

23. It shall not be free to enter or stay in the Harbours, Ports, Bayes, and Rodes, of each other, with men of War, or arm'd Ships, in such numbers as may give occasion of jealousie to any, without the leave and permission of that State to whom the said Ports, &c. do belong; except in case of a storm, or that there were some other necessity of avoiding danger at Sea.

24. They whose Estates have been seized upon, and confiscated, by reason of the War, or their Heirs, Executors, &c. shall enjoy the said Estates, and may enter into possession of them by their own authority, by vertue of this present Treaty, notwithstanding all Alienations, Incorporations, into the publick Treasury, Gifts, Treaties, Agreements, and Transactions whatsoever, though they contain Renunciations of the parties to whom the said Estates do belong. And all such Estates once restored, may be sold by the Proprietors, their Heirs, &c. without a necessity of a further or more particular leave. And in consequence of this, the Proprietaries of such Rents as shall be constituted by the Treasury, in lieu of the said Estates thus sold, may dispose of the propriety they have in them by Sale, or otherwise, as of any part of their Estate.

25. This shall take place to the profit of the Heirs of the deceased Illustrious Prince, William, Prince of Orange; even for the right they have in the salt-Wells of the County of Burgundy, which shall be restored to them; as also the Woods that do depend on them, that is, so much as shall not be found to have been bought and payed for by his Catholick Majesty.

26. In which are also comprized the Estate and Lands lying in the Counties of Burgundy and Charolois; and all which has not been restor'd as it ought to have been, by the Treaties of the ninth of April, 1609. and the seventh of January, 1610. These I say shall be restor'd to the Proprietaries, their Heirs, &c.

27. As also are hereby understood such Lands and Rights, as after the expiration of the Truce of 12. years, were by sentence of the Council of Malines, judged in favour of the Count John de Nassaw; which Sentence by vertue of this Treaty is made void, and any other acquisition of possession is also annull'd.

28. And as for the Suit in Law about Castle-Beliu, begun in the life of the late Prince of Orange, against the Attorney-Generall of the King of Spain. Since the said Cause has not been determined in the time of a year, as it was promis'd by the fourteenth Article of the Truce for 12. years; it has been agreed, that immediately after the conclusion and ratification of the present Treaty, the Treasury shall desist from all demands touching the said Suit in Law; and that the Prince of Orange, and his Heirs, shall freely enjoy without molestation, the Lands and Chattels in question, as his own for ever: upon condition likewise, that the Treasury shall not be forced to refund for the past possession of them.

29. If in any place there arise difficulties touching the restitution of Land and Rights, the Judge of the place shall without delay cause the execution, and in this shall proceed the shortest way work.

30. The Subjects of the said King and States, may reciprocally in the Dominions of each, use such Lawyers, Attorneys, Sollicitors, &c. as they shall think fit.

31. If the Treasury has caus'd any confiscated Estates to be sold, those persons to whom they belong shall be content to receive the payment of them at 16. years purchase, to be payd them every year; or else they shall have liberty to distrain upon the Land, in what hands soever they finde it. Provided, they have Patents from the 〈◊〉 to serve them for a title, with the Assignation of the annuall payment, upon some receiver of the Kings Revenue, in that Province in which the thing shall have been sold; which receiver shall also be nam'd in the Patent, and the price of the thing sold calculated, and summ'd up, according to the first publick sale of it: the first year of which payment shall end a year after the ratification of this present Treaty.

32. But if the sale was made for good and lawfull Debts, of those to whom the said Estates did belong, before the confiscation, it shall be lawfull for them or their Heirs to redeem the said Estates, paying the price of them in a year; after which time they shall be excluded from this priviledge: but having once redeem'd, they may sell and dispose of such Estates as they please.

33. Yet under this are not understood such Houses as have been sold in Towns; for by reason of the many changes and reparations made in them, it would be too hard a matter to settle and determine their just value.

34. And as for all reparations and improvements made in all other redeem'd Estates, the Judges shall examine them, and have a regard to them; yet shall it not be lawfull for the possessors to retain those Estates till they be re-imbursed, but such Estates shall be bound and morgaged for their payment.

35. All Estates, Claims, Rights, &c. that have been kept hidden; all Moveables, Immoveables, Rents, Actions, Debts, &c. which shall not have been seized upon by the Treasury, with good cognizance of cause, before the day of the ratification of this Treaty, shall remain in the free disposition of the Proprietaries, their Heirs, &c. with all the Fruits, Revenues, Rents, and Profits of them. And those that have so hid the said Estates, Rights, &c. shall not be any wayes molested by the Treasury, but shall enjoy and dispose of them as of their own.

36. The Trees cut down after the day of the conclusion of this Treaty, or such as shall be cut down the day of the conclusion; and those not being cut down, are nevertheless bargain'd for, shall remain to the Proprietary, notwithstanding the sale of them.

37. The Fruits, Farms, Rents, Leases, Tenths, Fishing-Houses, &c. of such Estates, as according to this Treaty, shall be restor'd to the right owners; if they fall after the conclusion of this Treaty, shall remain for the whole year to the Proprietaries, and their Heirs, &c.

38. All Farms and Leases of confiscated Estates, though made for many years, shall nevertheless expire and be at an end, in the year of the conclusion of this Treaty; and the Farms or Leases falling after the day of the conclusion of this Treaty, shall belong to the Proprietaries; with this caution, that if the Farmer of the said Estates, has employed any of his stock towards the said years crop, he shall be re-payed by the Proprietary, as the Judges of the place shall value the said disbursement.

39. All sale of confiscated Estates made after the conclusion of this Treaty, is void; as also the sale made before the conclusion, if it be against the Capitulations and Agreements made particularly with certain Towns.

40. The Houses of particular persons that are or shall be restor'd, shall not be made Garrisons on neither side; neither shall they pay any higher Taxe or Contribution, than the Houses of other Inhabitants.

41. None on either side shall be hindred directly or indirectly, from changing the place of his abode, so he pay the ordinary Taxes.

42. If any Fortifications or Works have been made on either side by Authority, in such places as are to be restored, the Proprietaries shall be content to value them at the rate the Judges of the place shall put upon them; as also the Proprietaries shall receive satisfaction, for so much of their Estates as shall have been made use of, either in Fortifications, publick Works, or pious uses.

43. As for Church-Revenues, Colledges, and other pious places, situated in the United Provinces, which were members and dependances of the Benefices, Colledges, &c. now under the obedience of the King of Spain; so much of them as has not been sold before the conclusion of the present Treaty, shall be restor'd, and the owners may take possession of it by their own Authority; but for those that have been sold, or otherwise disposed of, they shall receive a yearly Rent to the value of them, after the rate of 8. in the 100. The same shall be observ'd on the side of the said King.

44. As for the p • e • ensions and interest that the Prince of Orange may have in such things which he is not in possession of, there shall be made a Treaty by it self, to the satisfaction of the said Prince. But as for the Lands, Goods, &c. that the said Prince is in possession of, by the gift of the said States, in Bay 〈…〉 f ship of Hulster-Ambacth, and elsewhere, they shall all remain in his free possession as his own, excluding hereby all pretensions to the contrary by this Treaty, or any other.

45. Touching certain other 'points, which besides the contents of the preceding Article, have been agreed upon, and signed in two different Writings, one of the 8th of January, the other of the 27th of December, 1647. in the name of the said Prince of Orange; the said Writings shall be observ'd, accomplish'd, and executed, according to their contents, just as if all the said points in particular were all inserted into this present Treaty; and this notwithstanding all Clauses or Articles of this Treaty, any wayes contrary; for if there be any such, they are declar'd void in that point, by this present Article.

46 Those to whom confiscated Estates are to be restor'd, shall not be bound to pay any Arrearages, Rents, Charges, &c. specially assign'd upon the said Estates, for the time they did not enjoy them; and if any pursuit or molestation do befall them, they shall immediately be relieved.

47. Judgements given upon confiscated Estates, between parties that did acknowledge the power of the Judges, shall hold; only the condemn'd parties may seek relief by the ordinary course of justice.

48. The said King does quit and renounce all pretensions of Redemption, or other, upon the Town of Grave, the Countrey of Luych, its Appurtenances, Dependances, and the ancient Barony of Brabant, engaged heretofore to the Prince of Orange, and which has been since converted as propriety to the use of Prince Maurice of Nassaw, in December, 1611. by the States Generall, as Soveraigns of the said Town of Grave, and Countrey of Luych. In vertue of which concession, the Prince of Orange that now is, his Heirs, &c. shall enjoy for ever the propriety of the said Town of Grave, &c. with all its Dependances, &c.

49. The said King does also renounce to all Right, Claims, &c. either of propriety, or cession, &c. to the Town, County, and Lordship of Lingen, and the four Villages, and other its Dependances; as also to the Towns and Lordships of Bev • rgarde, Cloppenberge, that they may remain for ever to the said Prince of Orange, his Heirs, &c. confirming by this Treaty all the said Princes other Titles to them.

50. The said King and States shall each of them separately, and for themselves, place Judges and Officers in such Towns and strong places, as by this Treaty are to be restor'd to the Proprietaries.

51. The high part of Gueldres shall be changed for an Equivalence; which if it cannot be agreed upon in this Treaty, shall be decided by the Chamber of equall number of Judges on both sides, and that in the time of six moneths after the ratification of the Treaty.

52. The said King does oblige himself to procure effectively, the continuation of the neutrality, friendship, and good neighbour-hood, of his Imperiall Majesty, and the Empire, with the States; to the observation of which, the States do likewise oblige themselves: and the confirmation of the said neutrality shall be made in the space of two moneths, by his Imperiall Majesty, and in the time of a year by the Empire, after the ratification of this Treaty.

53. The Fruits, Moveables, confiscated and receiv'd before the conclusion of this Treaty, shall not be subject to be restor'd.

54. They that during the War were retir'd into Countries that did stand neuters, shall enjoy the benefit of this Treaty, and may stay where they please, or return to their ancient homes, there to live in all quiet and tranquillity, in the observation of the Laws of their Countrey, without danger of having their Estates or Chattels seized on, by reason of the stay they make in any place whatsoever.

55. There shall be no new Forts made in the Low-Countries of neither side; neither shall there be made any new Channels, or Trenches, by which any of the parties may be dammageed.

56. The Lords of the House of Nassaw, as also the Count John Albert of Solms, Governor of Maestric, shall not be pursued nor molested neither in their persons nor Estates, for any Debts contracted by the late William, Prince of Orange, 1667. to his death, nor for any Arrears due during the confiscation of such Lands as were charged with the said Debts.

57. If there be any infraction made in the Treaty by private persons, without the Authority of the said King or States, the dammage shall be immediately repair'd in the place where the offence was committed, if the persons be there taken, or in their Domicile; but it shall not be lawfull to pursue them else-where either in their persons, or Estates, or to take Arms, and break the peace; but in case of deniall of justice, to proceed by Letters of Reprisall.

58. All Exheredations made by reason of the War, and aversion of parties, are made void; and in this are comprehended all Exheredations made for such causes as were causes of the War.

59. All prisoners of War shall be deliver'd on both sides, without distinction of persons, and that without ransome.

60. The payment of the Arrears of Contributions on both sides, shall be decided by the Supervisors of the said Contributions.

61. All that during this Negotiation shall be said or alledged either by word of mouth, or by writing, shall not be a prejudice to the Authors; but the said King and States, and all the Princes, Counts, Barons, Gentlemen, Citizens, and all Inhabitants, shall enjoy the benefit of this Treaty.

62. The Subjects of the said King and States respectively, shall enjoy the benefit of the 15th Article of the Truce of 12. years, and of the 10th Article of the Agreement that followed the 7th of January, 1610. and that because that during the time of the said Truce, the parties did not enjoy the effect of those Articles.

63. The limits in Flanders and other places shall be set out so, that the parties may exactly know under what jurisdiction they are.

64. On the side of the said King of Spain, shall be demolish'd near the Sluce these following places and Forts, viz. the Fort of St. Job, St. Donas, the Star-Fort, the Fort St. Terese, St. Frederick, St. Isabella, St. Paul, the redoute Papem • ts. And on the side of the States Generall, shall be demolish'd the following Forts; the two Forts in the Island of Lasant, call'd Orange and Fredericke; the two Forts de Pas, both upon the River of Scheld, on the East-side (except Lill • ) and the Fort a Kieldrect, call'd Spinola, touching which Demolition, it shall be agreed between the parties to set out an Equivalence.

65. All Registers, Charters, Letters, and Papers, concerning Law-Suits, or otherwise, that do any wayes regard or concern any of the United Provinces, their Towns and Members, being in the Courts and Chambers of the obedience of the King of Spain, shall be deliver'd bonâfide, to such as shall have commission from the Provinces to receive them. And the same shall be done by the States, for the Provinces and Towns that are under the said Kings obedience.

66. The jurisdiction of the Water shall be left to the Town of Sluce, as it has of right belonged to it.

67. The Digue traversing and stopping up the River Zout, near the Fort Donas, shall be taken away, by making a Zas, touching the Garde, of which Zas it shall be agreed upon, as touching the Demolition of the Forts.

68. In this present Treaty of peace shall be comprehended such as before the exchange of ratifications, or three moneths after, shall be nam'd on both sides; in which time the said King shall name those that he shall think fit: but by the States are nam'd these following; the Prince Landgrave of Hesse-Cassel, with his Countrey-Towns, &c. the Count of Oostfrieze, the Town of Embden, the County and Countrey of Oostfrieze, the Anseatick Towns, and particularly Lubec, Bremen, Hambourg. And the said States do reserve to themselves, to name such others as they shall think fit in the time prescribed.

69. As for the pretension of Count of Flodrof, touching the restitution made to him of the Castle of Leat, and its Dependances, and all other Villages that may depend on it, and were seized by the said King; the said restitution is confirm'd to him, with this reserve, that it shall be resolv'd between this and the conclusion of the Treaty, about the entertaining of a Garrison for the said King, or demolishing the Fortifications made since that the Castle was taken.

70. As for all that was agreed upon the 8th of December, 1646. between the Plenipotentiaries of the said King and States, touching Roger Huygens, in the name of his Wife, Anna Margarita de Stralem, it shall have its effect, and be of force, as if it were here set down word for word.

71. And to the end that this present Treaty be the better observed, the said King and States do promise to employ all their power and force, to make all passages free, and all Seas and Rivers navigable and safe, against the inrodes of Pirats and Theeves, and to punish them severely if they can take them.

72. They do promise besides to do nothing contrary to this present Treaty, nor to suffer that any thing should be done either directly or indirectly; and if any thing be done, to repair the offence and dammage without delay. To the observation of all which, they do here binde themselves; and the more to strengthen the Obligation, do renounce all Laws and Customes contrary to this promise.

73. This present Treaty shall be ratified and approved by the said King and States, and the Letters of ratification shall be deliver'd and exchanged on each side, within the term of two moneths; and if the said ratification do come beforehand, then all acts of hostility shall cease, without staying for the end of the two moneths. Still it is meant, that after the conclusion and signing of this Treaty, hostility shall not cease, till the ratification of the said King of Spain be deliver'd in good form, and exchang'd with the ratification of the States.

74. So that affaires on both sides shall remain in the same posture and condition, as at the conclusion of this Treaty they are, and this till the ratifications be exchang'd.

75. This Treaty shall be publish'd in all places that shall require it, incontinent after the exchange of the ratifications, and then all acts of hostility shall cease.

The Treaty of Navigation and Commerce, Concluded at the Hague in Holland, the 17th of December, 1650. between Messire Antony Brun, Extraordinary Embassador for the King of Spain on one side, and the Deputies of the Lords, the States Generall of the United Provinces, on the other side.

WHereas since the conclusion of the peaee at Munster, between the King of Spain, and the States Generall, there has happened some disputes about the true sence of the separate Article, concluded the 4th of February, 1648. in the said Town, touching Navigation and Commerce; the said King and States have thought fit, for the more sincere and perfect observation of the said Treaty of peace, to give a better explanation of their meaning: to which end the said King has on his side Deputed and Commission'd Messire Antony Prun, Counsellor in his High Councill of State for the Low-Countries, near his person, and his Plenipotentiary at the Treaty of Munster, as his Ordinary Embassador to the said States; who on their side have likewise Commissioned these following, Rugzer Huygens, Knight; Banninck Cock, Knight, Lord of Purmerlant and Apendam, Bourgemaster and Counsellor of the Town of Amsterdam; Cornelius Ripera, Bourgemaster, Regent of the Town of Horne; James V • th, Counsellor and Pensioner of the Town of Middlebourg in Zeeland; Giisbert de Hoolk, old Bourgemaster of the Town of Utrect; Joachim Andree, first ancient Counsellor in the Provinciall Court of Fri • zeland; John de la Beech, of Dorvick and Crystenburgh, Bourgemaster of the Town of Deventer; Adrian Dant a Stedum, Lord of Nittersum, all Deputies of the body of their Assembly.

The said Embassador and Deputies having held many Assemblies and Conferences, have at last in the name of the said King and States, agreed upon and concluded this present Treaty, all its Articles and Conditions.

1. The Subjects and Inhabitants of the United Provinces may with safety and liberty trade with all those Kingdoms, States, and Countries, that are or shall be in peace, amity, or neutrality, with the said States of the United Provinces.

2. And they may not be molested or troubled in this freedom, by the Ships or Subjects of the King of Spain, by reason of the hostilities that are or may be hereafter between the said King, and the said Kingdomes, States, &c. that are in peace, &c. with the said States.

3. This shall extend it self as to France, for all sorts of Commodities that were used to be transported, before the said Kingdome was in War with Spain.

4. Yet shall not the Subjects of the United Provinces furnish France with such Merchandizes as come from the States of the said King of Spain, and may serve the French against him and his States.

5. And as for other Kingdomes, States, &c. that may be in War with the said King of Spain, and are in neutrality or friendship with the States, their Subjects shall not carry to those Kingdomes, &c. any forbidden Goods, or Merchandizes of Counterband; which to hinder, the said States shall forbid it by express prohibitions.

6. Besides, to prevent the dispute that might arise concerning the Merchandizes that are of Counterband, and those that are not; it is agreed, that under that name and quality are understood these following, all fire-Arms, and things belonging to them, as Canons, Musquets, Mortar-Peeces, Petards, Bombes, Grenadoes, Cereles, Squibs, Carriages, Forks, Powder, Match, Salt-Peter, Bullets. All other Arms likewise, offensive and defensive, as Pikes, Swords, Casques, Helmets, Back and Breast-pieces, Halberds, Pertuiscens, and other such. Besides, under the same name are understood the transport of Souldiers, Horses, Harness, Metall, Pistols, Belts, and all other Implements of War.

7. Further to avoid all dispute, it is agreed, that under that name of forbidden Merchandize, are not comprehended Wheat, and all sorts of Grains, Salt, Oyl, Wine, nor in generall any thing that is nourishment and sustentation to mens bodies, which shall be free, as all other Goods and Merchandizes, not specified in the fore-going Articles, and may be carried to all Towns, except to such as are besieged and blocked up.

8. And the better to hinder that the said forbidden Merchandizes do not pass into the hands of the enemies of the said King; and that under pretext of hindring the said transportation, the safety and liberty of Trade and Navigation be not hindred, it is agreed, that the Ships belonging to the Subjects of the United Provinces, being entred in any Port of the said Kings Dominions, and being from thence bound for the Ports of his enemies, shall be obliged only to produce and shew to the Officers of the said King, their Pasports, containing the particulars of their lading, seal'd and sign'd by the Officers of the Admiralty of such places as they come from, with declaration of the places they are bound for, the whole in ordinary form; after which they shall not be molested, searched, nor detained, under any pretext whatsoever.

9. Likewise the Ships of the States Subjects being at Sea, or coming into some Bay without entring the Harbour, or coming in without unlading, shall not be bound to give an account of their lading, except they be suspected to carry Merchandizes of Counterband.

10. And in case of a violent suspition, they shall only be forced to shew their Pasports, as has been said.

11. If they are met at Sea, or near the Shore, by any Ships or Privateers of the said King, then to avoid disorder and plunder, the said men to War may send their Boat with two or three men in it, aboard the Ship of the States, to which men shall be shewed by the Master, the Pasport above-mentioned, with a particular Letter, shewing the quality and place of residence of the owner of the Ship, and Master in the said United Provinces, and to these shall be given credit without further enquiry; but that there be no counterfeit Letters, the said King and States shall agree of particular marks, not easily to be imitated.

12. And in case there should be found in the Ships belonging to the States Subjects, by the foresaid means, some of those Merchandizes, call'd of Counterband, they shall be seized upon, and confiscated before the Judges of the Admiralty, or other competent ones; but the said Ship and the rest of the lading shall no wayes be detained, or seized upon.

13. It has been agreed besides, that all Goods whatsoever that the Subjects of the States shall lade in the bottoms of the said Kings enemies, shall be confiscated without reserve or exception.

14. But also all that shall be found in the bottoms of the Subjects of the said States, though part or all of it do belong to the enemies of the said King, yet it shall all be free, and not seized upon, except they be Merchandizes of Counterband.

15. The Subjects of the said King shall enjoy all the same liberties in Trade and Navigation, as is by this Treaty accorded to the Subjects of the United Provinces, with the same equality: and though some Kingdomes or States should have friendship or neutrality with the said King, though they were enemies of the States, yet shall his Subjects enjoy all the benefit granted in the like case to the Subjects of the United Provinces.

16. This present Treaty shall be as an explanation to the particular Article concluded at Munster, the 4th day of February, 1648.

17. This present Treaty shall have the same force, as if it had been inserted into the original Treaty at Munster; with this reserve, that if for the time to come any frauds or hindrances of Navigation be discover'd, for which this Treaty has not provided a remedy, it shall be lawfull to adde to it such Cautions as both parties shall agree upon: till then it shall remain in force.

FINIS.

A Table of the Chapters. The First Book. CHap. 1. What passed before the Earls of Holland. page 1. Chap. 2. Thyerry of Aquitain, the first Earl. p. 5. Chap. 3. The House of Hainaut. p. 18. Chap. 4. The House of Bavaria. p. 21. Chap. 5. The House of Burgundy. p. 24. Chap. 6. The House of Austria. p. 29. Chap. 7. Containing the memorable passages under the Government of Margaret of Parma. p. 39. Chap. 8. The Government of the Duke of Alva. p. 44. Chap. 9. The Government of Don Lewis, and the great Councel of State. p. 52. Chap. 10. The Government of Don John of Austria, and of the Prince of Parma. p. 55. The Second Book. Chap. 1. The League and Union of the Provinces. p. 60. Chap. 2. The Rank and Dependencies of the United Provinces towards one another. p. 70. Chap. 3. What was the form of the generall Assemblies, till the time of the Earl of Leicester. p. 74. Chap. 4. In what consists the Superiority of the States Generall, and what sort of affairs are determined by them, which cannot be determined by the States of the particular Provinces. p. 77. Chap. 5. How far the power of the States Generall does extend. p. 80. Chap. 6. Who are those that are ordinarily chosen for Deputies to the States Generall, and of the order which is observed amongst the Deputies. p. 82. Chap. 7. Of the Orders that the States of Holland and West-Friezeland give to their Deputies in the States Generall, and the Oath they take. p. 86. Chap. 8. Of the great Assembly Extraordinary. p. 91. Chap. 9. Of the Councel of State, which is the greatest after the Councel of the States Generall. p. 92. Chap. 10. Of the Power of the States of every Province. p. 95. Chap. 11. Of the States of Holland and Zeeland. p. 97. Chap. 12. Of the Governors of the United Provinces untill the year 1650. p. 100. Chap. 13. Of the charge of a Governor. p. 106. Chap. 14. Whether or no the United Provinces can subsist without a Governor. p. 109. Chap. 15. Of the Riches by which the United Provinces do maintain themselves. p. 111. Chap. 16. Of the principal Forces which do maintain the Commonwealth of the United Provinces. p. 116. Chap. 17. Of the Alliances of the United Provinces with forreign Princes. p. 125. Chap. 18. Of the Admiralty, and care that is taken to maintain a Sea-strength. p. 131. Chap. 19. Of the particular Government of the Towns of Holland. p. 136 Chap. 20. Of the Tributes and Imposts; of how many sorts they are; and of the manner of levying them in Holland. p. 141. Chap. 21. Of the East and West-India Companies. p. 153. Chap. 22. What judgement may be made of the lasting or decay of this Commonwealth. p. 173. Chap. 23. An Abridgement of the State of the United Provinces, by Paul Merle. p. 178. Chap. 24. The Proclamation of the States of Holland and West-Frieze, touching the ancient Right of the Commonwealth of Holland. p. 189. The Third Book. Chap. 1. Of the Original of Holland. p. 203. Chap. 2. Of the length and breadth of Holland; the number of its Towns and Villages. p. 206. Chap. 3. Of the Division of Holland; and the nature of the Soyl. p. 210. Chap. 4. Of the Manners and Dispositions of the Inhabitants. p. 222. Chap. 5. Of the Trade of the Hollanders, and the wayes of getting a livelyhood. p. 232. Chap. 6. Of the Imposts and Customes. p. 238. Chap. 7. Of Leyden, in Latine Lugdunum Batavorum. p. 241. Chap. 8. Of the Territories about Leyden. p. 263. Chap. 9. Of Amsterdam. p. 271. Chap. 10. Of Harlem, and some Villages round about it. p. 280. Chap. 11. Of Delft, and its Villages. p. 285. Chap. 12. Of Dort. p. 289. Chap. 13. Of Goude. p. 293. Chap. 14. Of Rotterdam. p. 295. Chap. 15. Of the small Towns of Holland. p. 296. Chap. 16. Of the Hague. p. 299. Chap. 17. Of Voerden. p. 303. Chap. 18. Of the Towns that are in Goylant, near the South-Sea. p. 312. Chap. 19. Of the Lakes and Rivers. p. 316. Chap. 20. Of North-Holland, commonly called West-Frieze. p. 319. Chap. 21. Of Alcmaer and Medenbliick. p. 322. Chap. 22. Of Enchusen. p. 325. Chap. 23. Of Horne, and the small Towns of North-Holland. p. 328. Chap. 24. Of the different Religions in Holland. p. 336. Chap. 25. Of the Nobility. p. 345. Chap. 26. Of Liberty. p. 350. Chap. 27. Of some Voyages undertaken under the Banner of Holland. p. 354. Chap. 28. Containing divers Curiosities. p. 360. The Articles of Peace between the King of Spain, and the Dutch, in 1648. p. 379.

Books Printed for, and Sold by John Starkey, at the Mitre betwixt the Middle Temple-Gate, and Temple-Bar in Fleet-Street.

Folio's.

1. THe Voyages and Travels of the Duke of Holstein's Ambassadors into Muscovy, Tartary, and Persia, begun in the year 1633. and finisht in 1639. Containing a Compleat History of those Countries; Whereto are added, The Travels of Mandelslo from Persia into the East-Indies, begun in 1638. and finisht in 1640. The whole, Illustrated with divers accurate Maps and Figures: Written originally by Adam Olearius, ecreta ry to the Embassie. Englished by J. Davies of Kidwelly. Price Bound 18. Shillings.

2. The World Surveyed; Or the famous Voyages and Travels of Vincent le Blanc of Marseilles, into the East and West-Indies, Persia, Pegu, Fez, Morocco, Guinny, and through all Africa, and the principall Provinces of Europe. Price Bound 10. Shillings.

3. A Practicall and Polemicall Commentary, or Exposition, upon the third and fourth Chapters of the latter Epistle of St. Paul to Timothy, by Thomas Hall, B. D. Price Bound 10. Shillings.

4. A Generall Collection of Discourses of the Virtuosi of France, upon Questions of all sorts of Philosophy, and other Naturall Knowledge, made in the Assembly of the Beaux Esprits at Paris, by the most Ingenious persons of that Nation. Englished by G. Havers. In two Volumes. Price Bound 30. Shillings.

5. A Treatise of the Sybils, giving an account of the Names and Number of them, of their Qualities, the Form and Matter of their Verses, and of their Books: Written in French by David Blundell. Englished by J. Davies. Price Bound 7. Shillings.

6. The History of Barbado's, St. Christophers, Mevis, St. Vincents, Antego, Martinico, Monserrat, and the rest of the Caribby Islands, in all twenty eight, in Two Books; containing the Natural and Moral History of those Islands, illustrated with divers Pieces of Sculpture, representing the most considerable Rarities therein described. Englished by J. Davies. Price Bound 10. Shillings.

7. The State of the Ottoman Empire, in Three Books; containing the Maxims of the Turkish Policy, their Religion, and Military Discipline; Illustrated with divers Figures: Written by Paul Rycaut Esquire, late Secretary to the English Ambassador there, now Consul of Smyrna. Price Bound 10. Shillings.

8. Bentivolio and Urania, a Religious Romance, in Six Books; Written by Nathaniel Ingelo, D. D. The second Edition: To which is added, the Interpretation of the hard Names Imprinted in the Margin, throughout the Book. Price Bound 12. Shillings.

9. I Ragguagli Di Parnasso, or Advertisements from Parnassus, in Two Centuries, With the Politick Touch-Stone; Written originally in Italian, by Trajano Bocalini: and Englished by the Earl of Monmouth. The Second Edition corrected. Price Bound 8. Shillings.

10. An Abridgement of divers Cases and Resolutions of the Common Law, Alphabetically digested under severall Titles, by Henry Rolls, Serjeant at Law; Published by the Lord Chief Baron Hales, and approved by all the Judges. Price Bound 40. Shillings.

11. The Reports of Sr. George Croke Knight; In Three Volumes, in English: Allowed of by all the Judges. The Second Edition, carefully corrected by the Original. Price Bound 45. Shillings.

12. The Second Part of the Institutes of the Laws of England; containing the Exposition of Magna Charta, and many ancient and other Statutes: Written by the Lord Chief Justice Coke. The Third Edition; with an Alphabetical Table added. Price Bound 14. Shillings.

13. The Third Part of the Institutes of the Laws of England, concerning High Treason, and other Pleas of the Crown and Criminall Causes. The Fourth Edition; Written by the Lord Chief Justice Coke. Price Bound 6. Shillings.

14. The Fourth Part of the Institutes of the Laws of England, concerning the Jurisdiction of Courts: Written by the Lord Chief Justice Cok • . The fourth Edition; with an Alphabeticall Table, not heretofore Printed. Price Bound 9. Shillings.

15. Brief Animadversions on, Amendments of, and Additional Explanatory Records to, the Fourth Part of the Institutes of the Laws of England, concerning the Jurisdiction of Courts. By William Prynne Esquire. Price Bound 12. Shillings.

16. Action upon the Case for Slander; Or a Methodical Collection of thousands of Cases in the Law, of what words are Actionable, and what not. By William Sheppard Esquire. Price Bound 6. Shillings.

17. Brevia Judicialia, or an Exact Collection of approved Forms of all sorts of Judicial Writs in the Common-Bench; together with their Returns. By Rich. Brownlow. Price Bound 10. Shillings.

18. Thesaurus Brevium, or a Collection of approved Forms of Original and Judicial Writs in the Kings Bench; with their speciall Directions. By J. C. Price Bound 6. Shillings.

Quarto's.

19. The History of Gavel-kind, with the Etymology thereof, containing a Vindication of the Laws of England; together with a short History of William the Conqueror. By Sylas Taylor. Price Bound 3. Shillings.

20. Andronicus Comnenius, a Tragedy. By John Wilson. Price Sticht 1. Shilling.

21. Heraclius Emperor of the East, Tragedy. By Lodowick Carlel, Esq Price Sticht 1. Shilling.

22. A brief Account of Mr. Valentine Greatrak's, the famous Stroker, and divers of the strange Cures by him lately performed. Written by himself to the Honourable Robert Boyl. Price Sticht 1. Shilling.

Octavo's.

23. The History of Algiers, and its Slavery; with an account of that City, and many remarkable particularities of Africk: Written by Sieur d' Aranda, sometime a Slave there. Englished by J. Davies. Price Bound 3. Shillings.

24. La Picara, or the Triumphs of Female Subtlety, originally a Spanish Relation, enriched with Three pleasant Novels. Englished by J. Davies. Price Bound 3. Shillings.

25. An Historical and Geographical Description of the great Countrey, and River of the Amazones in America; with an exact Map thereof. Translated out of French. Price Bound 1. Shilling 6. pence.

26. The Shepherds Paradise, a Pastoral. By Walter Mountague Esq Price Bound 1. Shilling 6. pence.

27. Aminta, the famous Italian Pastoral. Translated into English. Price Bound 1. Shilling 6. pence.

28. The Works of the famous Mr. Francis Rabelais, treating of the Lives of Gargantua, and his Son Pantagruel; to which is newly added the Life of the Author. Translated out of French into English, by Sr. Thomas Urchard Knight. Price Bound 5. Shillings.

29. The Art of Chymistry, as it is now practised. Written in French by P. Thybault, Chymist to the French King, and rendred into English by W. A. Fellow of the Royal Society. Price Bound 3. Shillings.

30. A Relation of Three Embassies from his Sacred Majesty Charles the Second, to the Great Duke of Moscovy, the King of Sweden, and the King of Denmarke, performed by the Right Honourable the Earl of Carlisle, in the years 1663, 1664. Written by an Attendant on the Embassies. Price Bound 4. Shillings.

31. Il Nipotismo di Roma, or the History of the Popes Nephews, from the time of Sixtus the Fourth, 1471. to the death of the last Pope Alexander the Seventh, 1667. Englished by W. A. Price Bound 3. Shillings.

32. An Exact Abridgement in English of the Cases reported by Sr. Francis Moor Knight; with the Resolution of the Points of Law therein by the Judges: by W. Hughes. Price Bound 2. Shillings 6. pence.

33. Plowden's Queries, or a Moot-Book of choice Cases in the Common Law, Englished, Methodized, and Enlarged; by H. B. Price Bound 2. Shillings 6. pence.

34. An Exact Abridgement of all the Statutes in Force and Use, made in the 16th, 17th, and 18, of King Charles the First, and in the 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, and 16th, of King Charles the Second: by William Hughes Esq Price Bound 2. Shillings 6. pence.

35. Tho. Hall Apologia pro Ministerio Evangelico. Lat. Price Bound 2. Shillings.

36.—Translation of the Second Book of Ovid's Metamorph. Price Bound 1. Shilling.

37.—Treatise against the Millenaries. Price Bound 1. Shilling.

38. Medicina Instaurata, or a brief Account of the true Grounds and Principles of the Art of Physick; with the insufficiency of the Vulgar Way of preparing Medicines, and the excellency of such as are made by Chymical Operation; by Edward Bolnest, Med. Lond. Price Bound 1. Shilling.

Twelves.

39. The present State of the Princes and Republicks of Italy; Written originally in English, by J. Gailhard, Gent. Price bound 1. Shilling.

40. The present State of the Republick of Venice; with a Relation of the present War in Candia: by John Gailhard Gent. Price bound 1. Shilling 6. pence.

41. A Guide for Constables, Churchwardens, Overseers of the Poor, Surveyors of the High-wayes, Treasurers of the County-stock, Masters of the House of Correction, Bayliffs of Mannors, Toll-takers in Fai • s, &c. shewing the extent and power of the several Offices; Collected by George Meriton. Price bound 1. Shilling. 6. pence.

42. Accidence Commenc't Grammar, and supplyed with sufficient Rules; or a new and easie Method for the learning the Latine Tongue; the Author, John Milton. Price bound 8. pence.

43. The present State of the United Provinces of the Low-Countries, as to the Government, Laws, Forces, Riches, Manners, Customes, Revenue, and Territory of the Dutch. Collected out of divers Authors; by W. A. Fellow of the Royal Society. Price bound 2. Shillings 6. pence.

Books in the Press this 24th of August, 1669.

Il Cardinalismo di Santa Chiesa, or the History of the Cardinals of the Roman Church in three Parts; Written in Italian by the Author of the Nipotismo dj Roma, or History of the Popes Nephews; and faithfully Englished by G. H. in Folio. This Book will be published in Michaelmas-Term next.

Two Chymical Treatises, viz. Praxis Chymiatrica, or Practical Chymistry; Written in Latin by John Hartman. And Basilica Chymica, or Royal Chymistry; Written in Latin by Oswald Crollius. Both faithfully translated into English, in Folio. This will be published in Michaelmas-Term next.

The Jesuites Morals; faithfully extracted from their own Books which are Printed by the permission and approbation of the Superiors of their Society. Written by a Sorbon Doctor. In Folio. This Book will be published in Hilary-Term next.

FINIS.